blob: ba57dc5617a3823ca8345b5f5751035a046cbcc5 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denk1234ce72013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denk1234ce72013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenkce4832c2004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Albert ARIBAUD48e910f2013-09-11 15:52:51 +020038who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010039maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000040
Robert P. J. Day974ed2f2012-11-14 02:03:20 +000041Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
42it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
43
44 make CHANGELOG
45
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000046
47Where to get help:
48==================
49
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
51U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser8804a612008-09-10 09:18:34 -050052<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
57
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010058Where to get source code:
59=========================
60
61The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
62git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64
65The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +020066any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010067available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68directory.
69
Anatolij Gustschin08337f32008-03-26 18:13:33 +010070Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010071ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72
73
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000074Where we come from:
75===================
76
77- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000078- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000079- clean up code
80- make it easier to add custom boards
81- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82- extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +020086 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000087- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000088- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Liljaf3b287b2008-08-06 19:32:33 +020090- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091
92
93Names and Spelling:
94===================
95
96The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98in source files etc.). Example:
99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101
102File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107
108Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000110
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
113
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000114
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000115Versioning:
116===========
117
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200118Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000124
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200125Examples:
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000129
130
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000131Directory Hierarchy:
132====================
133
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500134/arch Architecture specific files
Masahiro Yamadaef6ebff2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900135 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
136 /cpu CPU specific files
137 /arc700 Files specific to ARC 700 CPUs
138 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500139 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
140 /cpu CPU specific files
141 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
142 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmannd9a9d562011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000143 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denk16fa98a2010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200144 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
145 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500146 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
147 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500148 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500149 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
150 /lib Architecture specific library files
151 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
152 /cpu CPU specific files
153 /lib Architecture specific library files
154 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
155 /cpu CPU specific files
156 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500157 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
158 /cpu CPU specific files
159 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
160 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
161 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
162 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
163 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
164 /lib Architecture specific library files
165 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
166 /cpu CPU specific files
167 /lib Architecture specific library files
168 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
169 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeckd52a6232011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200170 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Masahiro Yamadaef6ebff2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900171 /mips64 Files specific to MIPS64 CPUs
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500172 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000173 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
174 /cpu CPU specific files
175 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
176 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500177 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
178 /cpu CPU specific files
179 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Daya269c932013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400180 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
181 /cpu CPU specific files
182 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200183 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500184 /cpu CPU specific files
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500185 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
186 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
187 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500188 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
189 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
190 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
191 /lib Architecture specific library files
192 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
193 /cpu CPU specific files
194 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
195 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
196 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
197 /lib Architecture specific library files
198 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
199 /cpu CPU specific files
200 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
201 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
202 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Daya269c932013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400203 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
204 /cpu CPU specific files
205 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500206/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
207/board Board dependent files
208/common Misc architecture independent functions
209/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
210/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
211/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Daya269c932013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400212/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500213/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
214/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
215/include Header Files
216/lib Files generic to all architectures
217 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
218 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
219 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
220/net Networking code
221/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Daya269c932013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400222/spl Secondary Program Loader framework
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500223/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000224
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000225Software Configuration:
226=======================
227
228Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
229rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
230
231There are two classes of configuration variables:
232
233* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
234 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
235 "CONFIG_".
236
237* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
238 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
239 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200240 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000241
242Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
243identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
244do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
245links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
246as an example here.
247
248
249Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
250---------------------------------------------------
251
252For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200253configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000254
255Example: For a TQM823L module type:
256
257 cd u-boot
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200258 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000259
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200260For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200261e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_defconfig". And also configure the cogent
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000262directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
263
264
Simon Glass53552c92014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600265Sandbox Environment:
266--------------------
267
268U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
269board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
270specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
271run some of U-Boot's tests.
272
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki287314f2014-08-31 21:19:43 +0530273See board/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
Simon Glass53552c92014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600274
275
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000276Configuration Options:
277----------------------
278
279Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
280such information is kept in a configuration file
281"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
282
283Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
284"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
285
286
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000287Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
288kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
289build a config tool - later.
290
291
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000292The following options need to be configured:
293
Kim Phillips203fee32007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500294- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000295
Kim Phillips203fee32007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500296- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk994ad962006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200297
298- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen9d5a43f2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100299 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000300
301- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
302 Define exactly one of
303 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
304--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
305 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
306 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
307
308- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
309 Define exactly one of
310 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
311
312- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
313 Define one or more of
314 CONFIG_CMA302
315
316- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
317 Define one or more of
318 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200319 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000320 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
321
Lei Wen20014762011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530322- Marvell Family Member
323 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
324 multiple fs option at one time
325 for marvell soc family
326
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200327- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000328 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
329 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000330 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
331 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000332 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
333 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000334
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000335- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200336 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
337 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000338 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenkfde37042004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000339 See doc/README.MPC866
340
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200341 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenkfde37042004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000342
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000343 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
344 of relying on the correctness of the configured
345 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
346 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
347 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200348 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenkfde37042004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000349
Heiko Schocher734f0272009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100350 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
351
352 Define this option if you want to enable the
353 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
354
Kumar Galaf4fb90f2011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600355- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sun2394a0f2012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000356 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
357
358 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
359 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
360 compliance, among other possible reasons.
361
Kumar Galaf4fb90f2011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600362 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
363
364 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
365 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
366 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
367
Kumar Gala179b1b22011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500368 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
369
370 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
371 tree nodes for the given platform.
372
Prabhakar Kushwahaa6a30622012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000373 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
374
375 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
376 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
377 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
378 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
379 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
380 purpose.
381
Scott Wood80806962012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000382 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
383
384 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
385 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
386 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
387
388 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
389 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
390
391 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
392 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
393
394 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
395 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
396 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
397 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
398
399 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
400 this erratum.
401
Prabhakar Kushwahad324f472013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530402 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
403 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800404 required during NOR boot.
Prabhakar Kushwahad324f472013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530405
Prabhakar Kushwahac4c10d12014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530406 CONFIG_A008044_WORKAROUND
407 Enables a workaround for T1040/T1042 erratum A008044. It is only
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800408 required during NAND boot and valid for Rev 1.0 SoC revision
Prabhakar Kushwahac4c10d12014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530409
Scott Wood80806962012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000410 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
411
412 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
413 according to the A004510 workaround.
414
Priyanka Jainc73b9032013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530415 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
416 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
417 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
418
Priyanka Jainf81e8b22013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530419 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
420 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
421 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
422
Priyanka Jainc73b9032013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530423 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
424 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
425 connected to the DSP core.
426
Priyanka Jainf81e8b22013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530427 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
428 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
429
Priyanka Jaine9dcaa82013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530430 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
431 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
432 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
433 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
434
Aneesh Bansal8bcbc272014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530435 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
436 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
437 time of U-boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
438
Tang Yuantiana7364af2014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800439 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800440 Indicates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
Tang Yuantiana7364af2014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800441 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
442
Daniel Schwierzeckd8a49ca2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000443- Generic CPU options:
York Sun021d2022014-05-02 17:28:04 -0700444 CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA
445 Defines global data is initialized in generic board board_init_f().
446 If this macro is defined, global data is created and cleared in
447 generic board board_init_f(). Without this macro, architecture/board
448 should initialize global data before calling board_init_f().
449
Daniel Schwierzeckd8a49ca2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000450 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
451
452 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
453 values is arch specific.
454
York Sunf0626592013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700455 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
456 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
457 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
458 SoCs.
459
460 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
461 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
462
463 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
464 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
465 deskew training are not available.
466
467 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
468 Freescale DDR1 controller.
469
470 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
471 Freescale DDR2 controller.
472
473 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
474 Freescale DDR3 controller.
475
York Sun2896cb72014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700476 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
477 Freescale DDR4 controller.
478
York Sun461c9392013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700479 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
480 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
481
York Sunf0626592013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700482 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
483 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
484 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
485 implemetation.
486
487 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
488 Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with
489 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
490 implementation.
491
492 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
493 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun2896cb72014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700494 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
495
496 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
497 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
498 DDR3L controllers.
499
500 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
501 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
502 DDR4 controllers.
York Sunf0626592013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700503
Prabhakar Kushwaha62908c22014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530504 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
505 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
506
507 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
508 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
509
Prabhakar Kushwaha950f2f72014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530510 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
511 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
512 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
513
514 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
515 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
516 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
517 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
518
Prabhakar Kushwaha2c27f122014-04-08 19:13:34 +0530519 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
520 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format
521 concatenated with u-boot binary.
522
York Sun29647ab2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800523 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
524 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
525
526 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
527 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
528
York Sun3a0916d2014-02-10 13:59:43 -0800529 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
530 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
531 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
532 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
533
York Sunc459ae62014-02-10 13:59:44 -0800534 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
535 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
536 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
537 SoCs with ARM core.
538
York Sun79a779b2014-08-01 15:51:00 -0700539 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS
540 Number of controllers used as main memory.
541
542 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS
543 Number of controllers used for other than main memory.
544
Ruchika Guptabb7143b2014-09-09 11:50:31 +0530545 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
546 Defines the SEC controller register space as Big Endian
547
548 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_LE
549 Defines the SEC controller register space as Little Endian
550
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100551- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200552 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100553
554 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
555 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
556 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
557
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200558 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkebd3deb2006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200559
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100560 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
561 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkebd3deb2006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200562 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100563 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkebd3deb2006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200564
Daniel Schwierzeckd52a6232011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200565- MIPS CPU options:
566 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
567
568 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
569 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
570 relocation.
571
572 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
573
574 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
575 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
576 Possible values are:
577 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
578 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
579 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
580 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
581 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
582 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
583 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
584 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
585
586 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
587
588 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
589 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
590
591 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
592
593 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
594 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
595 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
596
Christian Riesch48c2d6d2012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000597- ARM options:
598 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
599
600 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
601 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
602
Aneesh Vb8e40802012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000603 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
604
605 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
606 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
607 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
608 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
609 GCC.
610
Stephen Warrenc63c3502013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000611 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warrene9d59c92013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000612 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
613 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
614 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
Nitin Garg7f17aed2014-04-02 08:55:01 -0500615 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072
Nitin Garg245defa2014-04-02 08:55:02 -0500616 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320
Stephen Warrene9d59c92013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000617
618 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
619 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
620 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
621 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
622 set these options unless they apply!
623
Simon Glass9fa901b2014-11-10 17:16:54 -0700624- Driver Model
625 Driver model is a new framework for devices in U-Boot
626 introduced in early 2014. U-Boot is being progressively
627 moved over to this. It offers a consistent device structure,
628 supports grouping devices into classes and has built-in
629 handling of platform data and device tree.
630
631 To enable transition to driver model in a relatively
632 painful fashion, each subsystem can be independently
633 switched between the legacy/ad-hoc approach and the new
634 driver model using the options below. Also, many uclass
635 interfaces include compatibility features which may be
636 removed once the conversion of that subsystem is complete.
637 As a result, the API provided by the subsystem may in fact
638 not change with driver model.
639
640 See doc/driver-model/README.txt for more information.
641
642 CONFIG_DM
643
644 Enable driver model. This brings in the core support,
645 including scanning of platform data on start-up. If
646 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is enabled, the device tree will be
647 scanned also when available.
648
649 CONFIG_CMD_DM
650
651 Enable driver model test commands. These allow you to print
652 out the driver model tree and the uclasses.
653
654 CONFIG_DM_DEMO
655
656 Enable some demo devices and the 'demo' command. These are
657 really only useful for playing around while trying to
658 understand driver model in sandbox.
659
660 CONFIG_SPL_DM
661
662 Enable driver model in SPL. You will need to provide a
663 suitable malloc() implementation. If you are not using the
664 full malloc() enabled by CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START,
665 consider using CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE. In that case you
666 must provide CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN to set the size.
667 In most cases driver model will only allocate a few uclasses
668 and devices in SPL, so 1KB should be enable. See
669 CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN for more details on how to enable
670 it.
671
672 CONFIG_DM_SERIAL
673
674 Enable driver model for serial. This replaces
675 drivers/serial/serial.c with the serial uclass, which
676 implements serial_putc() etc. The uclass interface is
677 defined in include/serial.h.
678
679 CONFIG_DM_GPIO
680
681 Enable driver model for GPIO access. The standard GPIO
682 interface (gpio_get_value(), etc.) is then implemented by
683 the GPIO uclass. Drivers provide methods to query the
684 particular GPIOs that they provide. The uclass interface
685 is defined in include/asm-generic/gpio.h.
686
687 CONFIG_DM_SPI
688
689 Enable driver model for SPI. The SPI slave interface
690 (spi_setup_slave(), spi_xfer(), etc.) is then implemented by
691 the SPI uclass. Drivers provide methods to access the SPI
692 buses that they control. The uclass interface is defined in
693 include/spi.h. The existing spi_slave structure is attached
694 as 'parent data' to every slave on each bus. Slaves
695 typically use driver-private data instead of extending the
696 spi_slave structure.
697
698 CONFIG_DM_SPI_FLASH
699
700 Enable driver model for SPI flash. This SPI flash interface
701 (spi_flash_probe(), spi_flash_write(), etc.) is then
702 implemented by the SPI flash uclass. There is one standard
703 SPI flash driver which knows how to probe most chips
704 supported by U-Boot. The uclass interface is defined in
705 include/spi_flash.h, but is currently fully compatible
706 with the old interface to avoid confusion and duplication
707 during the transition parent. SPI and SPI flash must be
708 enabled together (it is not possible to use driver model
709 for one and not the other).
710
711 CONFIG_DM_CROS_EC
712
713 Enable driver model for the Chrome OS EC interface. This
714 allows the cros_ec SPI driver to operate with CONFIG_DM_SPI
715 but otherwise makes few changes. Since cros_ec also supports
716 I2C and LPC (which don't support driver model yet), a full
717 conversion is not yet possible.
718
719
720 ** Code size options: The following options are enabled by
721 default except in SPL. Enable them explicitly to get these
722 features in SPL.
723
724 CONFIG_DM_WARN
725
726 Enable the dm_warn() function. This can use up quite a bit
727 of space for its strings.
728
729 CONFIG_DM_STDIO
730
731 Enable registering a serial device with the stdio library.
732
733 CONFIG_DM_DEVICE_REMOVE
734
735 Enable removing of devices.
736
737
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000738- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000739 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
740
741 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
742 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
743 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
744 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
745 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
746 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
747 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000748 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100749 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000750 default environment.
751
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000752 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
753
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800754 When transferring memsize parameter to Linux, some versions
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000755 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
756 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
757
Gerald Van Barenfcd91bb2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400758 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200759
760 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400761 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
762 concepts).
763
764 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
765 * New libfdt-based support
766 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips9b46eb62007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500767 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400768
Marcel Ziswilerb29bc712009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200769 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
770 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
771 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
772 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200773 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galae40c2b52006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600774 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200775
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200776 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
777 addresses
Kim Phillips9b46eb62007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500778
Kumar Gala1e26aa52006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600779 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
780
781 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
782 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000783
Simon Glass6c0be912014-10-23 18:58:54 -0600784 CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP
785
786 Other code has addition modification that it wants to make
787 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel.
788 This causes ft_system_setup() to be called before booting
789 the kernel.
790
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500791 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
792
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200793 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500794 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
795
Heiko Schocherffb293a2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200796 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
797
798 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
799 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
800 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
801 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
802 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
803 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
804
Igor Grinberg06890672011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000805 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
806
807 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
808 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
809 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
810 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
811 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
812 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
813 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
814
Niklaus Giger0ab978d2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100815- vxWorks boot parameters:
816
817 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
818 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
819 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
820
821 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
822 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
823 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
824 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
825
826 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
827
828 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
829
830 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
831 the defaults discussed just above.
832
Aneesh V960f5c02011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000833- Cache Configuration:
834 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
835 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
836 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
837
Aneesh V686a0752011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000838- Cache Configuration for ARM:
839 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
840 controller
841 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
842 controller register space
843
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000844- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel0813b122008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200845 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000846
847 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
848
Andreas Engel0813b122008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200849 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000850
851 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
852
853 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
854
855 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
856 the clock speed of the UARTs.
857
858 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
859
860 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
861 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
862 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
863
John Rigby34e21ee2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000864 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
865
866 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
867 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
868 this variable to initialize the extra register.
869
870 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
871
872 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
873 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
874 variable to flush the UART at init time.
875
Karicheri, Muralidharancbc08882014-04-09 15:38:46 -0400876 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
877
878 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
879 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000880
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000881- Console Interface:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000882 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
883 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
884 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
885 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000886
887 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
888 port routines must be defined elsewhere
889 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
890
891 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
892 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkf6e50a42011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000893 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000894 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
895 (default big endian)
896 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
897 rectangle fill
898 (cf. smiLynxEM)
899 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
900 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
901 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
902 (cols=pitch)
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000903 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
904 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000905 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
906 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000907 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000908 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
909 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
910 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
911 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
912 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
913 (i.e. i8042_getc)
914 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
915 (requires blink timer
916 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200917 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000918 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
919 upper right corner
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500920 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000921 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
922 upper left corner
wdenk9dd2b882002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000923 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
924 linux_logo.h for logo.
925 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000926 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200927 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000928 the logo
929
Pali Rohár4a57da32012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000930 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
931 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
932 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
933
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000934 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
935 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
936 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000937
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000938 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
939 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
940 the "silent" environment variable. See
941 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenk3da587e2003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000942
Heiko Schocher62759562013-10-22 11:06:06 +0200943 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default
944 is 0x00.
945 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default
946 is 0xa0.
947
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000948- Console Baudrate:
949 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
950 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200951 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
952 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000953
Heiko Schocher327480a2009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100954- Console Rx buffer length
955 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
956 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher362447f2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100957 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocher327480a2009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100958 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
959 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
960 the SMC.
961
Graeme Russ3c28f482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000962- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200963 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
964 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
965 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
966 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
967 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
968 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
969 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk23f78482011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200970 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200971 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ3c28f482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000972
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200973 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
974 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ3c28f482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000975
Sonny Raocd55bde2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000976- Safe printf() functions
977 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
978 the printf() functions. These are defined in
979 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
980 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
981 If this option is not given then these functions will
982 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
983 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
984
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000985- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
986 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
987 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger96ccaf32012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000988 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
989 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000990
991 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
992 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
993 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
994 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
995 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
996 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
997 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
998 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
999 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
1000 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
1001 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
1002 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
1003
1004- Autoboot Command:
1005 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
1006 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
1007 define a command string that is automatically executed
1008 when no character is read on the console interface
1009 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
1010
1011 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001012 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
1013 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
1014 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001015
1016 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001017 The value of these goes into the environment as
1018 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
1019 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001020 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001021
Heiko Schocher040c5c32013-11-04 14:04:59 +01001022- Bootcount:
1023 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
1024 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
1025 cycle, see:
1026 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
1027
1028 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
1029 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
1030 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
1031 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
1032 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
1033 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
1034 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
1035 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
1036 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
1037
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001038- Pre-Boot Commands:
1039 CONFIG_PREBOOT
1040
1041 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
1042 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
1043 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
1044 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
1045 entering interactive mode.
1046
1047 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
1048 automatically generated or modified. For an example
1049 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
1050 modified when the user holds down a certain
1051 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
1052 booting the systems
1053
1054- Serial Download Echo Mode:
1055 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
1056 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
1057 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
1058 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
1059 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
1060 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
1061 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
1062
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001063- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001064 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
1065 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001066 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001067
1068- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001069 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
1070 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warren963a7cf2012-08-05 16:07:19 +00001071 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
1072 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001073 and augmenting with additional #define's
1074 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001075
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001076 The default command configuration includes all commands
1077 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001078
Marek Vasutc4d8a1b2014-03-05 19:58:39 +01001079 CONFIG_CMD_AES AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001080 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001081 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
1082 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
1083 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
1084 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
1085 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
Tom Rini5ce62cd2014-08-14 06:42:36 -04001086 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTI * ARM64 Linux kernel Image support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001087 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
Michal Simeka0d28022013-11-21 13:39:02 -08001088 CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001089 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger321ab9e2010-12-21 14:19:51 -05001090 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001091 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
1092 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
1093 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tyser15258042008-12-17 16:36:22 -06001094 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
1095 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
1096 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
1097 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001098 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
1099 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser0deafa22009-10-25 15:12:56 -05001100 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001101 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
1102 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger1b0d5512012-12-11 22:16:25 -06001103 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergera2d62b72012-12-11 22:16:33 -06001104 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Andrew Ruder94463402013-10-22 19:07:34 -05001105 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
Mike Frysingerf3ddf202010-12-26 23:09:45 -05001106 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren4f8662d2012-10-22 06:43:50 +00001107 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
1108 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Stephen Warren3d5a3882014-01-24 20:46:37 -07001109 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
1110 that work for multiple fs types
Christian Gmeiner9f9eec32014-11-12 14:35:04 +01001111 CONFIG_CMD_FS_UUID * Look up a filesystem UUID
Mike Frysinger78dcaf42009-01-28 19:08:14 -05001112 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001113 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren4f8662d2012-10-22 06:43:50 +00001114 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001115 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
1116 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001117 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
Anton Staafd1390c82012-12-05 14:46:29 +00001118 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysinger2ed02412010-12-26 23:32:22 -05001119 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsf0c9d532011-04-05 07:15:14 +00001120 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glass058bb8d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00001121 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001122 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
1123 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
1124 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
1125 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar3df41b12012-12-16 22:32:48 +00001126 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001127 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001128 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Simon Glass4dc47ca2014-06-11 23:29:41 -06001129 CONFIG_CMD_IOTRACE * I/O tracing for debugging
Mike Frysingerf3ddf202010-12-26 23:09:45 -05001130 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershberger0fd32d72012-10-03 11:15:51 +00001131 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001132 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
1133 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
1134 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
1135 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001136 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerb35a3a62012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001137 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
1138 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001139 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
1140 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001141 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz93d6cb02009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001142 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glasseacd14f2012-11-30 13:01:20 +00001143 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001144 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denk9d009282013-03-08 10:51:32 +00001145 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001146 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001147 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
1148 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
1149 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roeseb1423dd2009-03-19 13:30:36 +01001150 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001151 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
1152 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001153 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001154 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001155 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001156 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
1157 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
1158 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
1159 host
1160 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersc889fb42012-12-05 14:46:30 +00001161 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001162 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
1163 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassbf6ce792012-12-26 09:53:36 +00001164 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001165 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
1166 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
1167 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
1168 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
1169 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
1170 (4xx only)
Eric Nelson97f5f8f2012-01-31 10:52:08 -07001171 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001172 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz93d6cb02009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001173 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liua671b702013-02-05 19:05:41 +08001174 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk85c25df2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02001175 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001176 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7aa81a42011-05-17 00:03:40 +00001177 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass6a398d22011-10-24 18:00:07 +00001178 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershberger59f3f522012-10-03 12:14:57 +00001179 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
1180 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001181 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001182 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasut71729392012-03-31 07:47:16 +00001183 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001184 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
Przemyslaw Marczak2eb40ee2014-04-02 10:20:05 +02001185 CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001186
1187 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
1188 support you can write:
1189
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001190 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
1191 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001192
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -04001193 Other Commands:
1194 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001195
1196 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001197 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001198 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
1199 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
1200 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
1201 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
1202 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
1203 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001204
1205
1206 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
1207
Wolfgang Denk2aceea12013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001208- Regular expression support:
1209 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denkec7fbf52013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001210 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
1211 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
1212 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
1213 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denk2aceea12013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001214
Simon Glass3d686442011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001215- Device tree:
1216 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
1217 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
1218 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
1219 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
1220 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
1221 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
1222
Simon Glass5cb34db2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001223 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
1224 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glass38d6b8d2011-10-15 05:48:21 +00001225
1226 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
1227 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
1228 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
1229 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
1230 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
1231 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass3d686442011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001232
Simon Glass5cb34db2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001233 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
1234 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
1235 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
1236 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
1237
1238 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
1239
1240 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
1241 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
1242 still use the individual files if you need something more
1243 exotic.
1244
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001245- Watchdog:
1246 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
1247 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6aa4d7b2011-04-27 05:25:59 +00001248 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1249 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1250 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1251 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1252 available, then no further board specific code should
1253 be needed to use it.
1254
1255 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1256 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1257 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1258 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001259
Heiko Schocher735326c2015-01-21 08:38:22 +01001260 CONFIG_AT91_HW_WDT_TIMEOUT
1261 specify the timeout in seconds. default 2 seconds.
1262
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001263- U-Boot Version:
1264 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1265 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1266 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1267 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeauce9a1552012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001268 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1269 next reset.
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001270
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001271- Real-Time Clock:
1272
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001273 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001274 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1275 following options:
1276
1277 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1278 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam3f8d1782011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001279 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001280 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1fe2c702003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001281 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001282 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk0893c472003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001283 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
Markus Niebel90491f22014-07-21 11:06:16 +02001284 CONFIG_RTC_DS1339 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC
wdenkef5fe752003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001285 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krillb27939b2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001286 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenkaeba06f2004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001287 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001288 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher1f1b7012011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001289 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1290 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001291
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001292 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1293 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1294
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001295- GPIO Support:
1296 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001297
Chris Packham9b383202010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001298 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1299 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1300 pins supported by a particular chip.
1301
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001302 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1303 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1304
Simon Glass4dc47ca2014-06-11 23:29:41 -06001305- I/O tracing:
1306 When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O
1307 accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out
1308 to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is
1309 useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that
1310 the driver behaves the same way before and after a code
1311 change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To
1312 add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>'
1313 to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test.
1314
1315 Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below.
1316 Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will
1317 still continue to operate.
1318
1319 iotrace is enabled
1320 Start: 10000000 (buffer start address)
1321 Size: 00010000 (buffer size)
1322 Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset)
1323 Output: 10000120 (start + offset)
1324 Count: 00000018 (number of trace records)
1325 CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records)
1326
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001327- Timestamp Support:
1328
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001329 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1330 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1331 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001332 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001333
Karl O. Pinc8b1f90a2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001334- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1335 Zero or more of the following:
1336 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1337 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1338 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1339 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1340 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1341 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1342 disk/part_efi.c
1343 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001344
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001345 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1346 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc8b1f90a2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001347 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001348
1349- IDE Reset method:
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001350 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1351 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001352
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001353 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1354 be performed by calling the function
1355 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1356 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001357
1358- ATAPI Support:
1359 CONFIG_ATAPI
1360
1361 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1362
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001363- LBA48 Support
1364 CONFIG_LBA48
1365
1366 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher0f602e12009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001367 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001368 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1369 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1370
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001371 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001372 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1373 Default is 32bit.
1374
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001375- SCSI Support:
1376 At the moment only there is only support for the
1377 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1378 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1379
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001380 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1381 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1382 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001383 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1384 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001385 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001386
Wolfgang Denkec7fbf52013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001387 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1388 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauere50a10e2012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001389
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001390- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk4e112c12003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001391 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffett64b94dd2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001392 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1393
1394 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1395 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1396 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1397 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1398
1399 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1400 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1401 example with the "sspi" command.
1402
1403 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1404 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1405 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001406
Andre Schwarz68c2a302008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001407 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001408 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarz68c2a302008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001409
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001410 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1411 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001412 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001413 write routine for first time initialisation.
1414
1415 CONFIG_TULIP
1416 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1417 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1418 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1419
1420 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1421 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1422
1423 CONFIG_NS8382X
1424 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1425
wdenkaa603362003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001426- NETWORK Support (other):
1427
Jens Scharsigdab7cb82010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001428 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1429 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1430
1431 CONFIG_RMII
1432 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1433
1434 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1435 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1436 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1437
Rob Herringc9830dc2011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001438 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1439 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1440
Ashok93fb8722012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001441 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenkaa603362003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001442 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1443
1444 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1445 Define this to hold the physical address
1446 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1447
1448 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1449 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1450
Ashok93fb8722012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001451 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenk3c711762004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001452 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1453
1454 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1455 Define this to hold the physical address
1456 of the device (I/O space)
1457
1458 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1459 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1460
1461 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1462 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1463 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1464
Heiko Schocher7d037f72011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001465 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1466 Support for davinci emac
1467
1468 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1469 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1470
Macpaul Lin199c6252010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001471 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1472 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1473
1474 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1475 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1476 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1477 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1478 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1479 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1480 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1481 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1482
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001483 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001484 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1485
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001486 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001487 Define this to hold the physical address
1488 of the device (I/O space)
1489
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001490 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001491 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1492
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001493 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001494 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1495 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001496 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001497
Yoshihiro Shimodaed4cea02011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001498 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1499 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1500
1501 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1502 Define the number of ports to be used
1503
1504 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1505 Define the ETH PHY's address
1506
Yoshihiro Shimoda281aa052011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001507 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1508 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1509
Heiko Schocher2b387762014-07-18 06:07:19 +02001510- PWM Support:
1511 CONFIG_PWM_IMX
1512 Support for PWM modul on the imx6.
1513
Vadim Bendeburydac69642011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001514- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiouacea5702013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001515 CONFIG_TPM
1516 Support TPM devices.
1517
Tom Wai-Hong Tame49fed52013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001518 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C
1519 Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1520 per system is supported at this time.
1521
1522 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER
1523 Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device
1524
1525 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS
1526 Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus
1527
1528 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1529 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1530
Dirk Eibach20489092013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001531 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1532 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1533
Che-liang Chiouacea5702013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001534 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendeburydac69642011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001535 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1536 per system is supported at this time.
1537
1538 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1539 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1540 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1541 0xfed40000.
1542
Reinhard Pfau4fece432013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001543 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1544 Add tpm monitor functions.
1545 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1546 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1547
1548 CONFIG_TPM
1549 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1550 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1551 Requires support for a TPM device.
1552
1553 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1554 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1555 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1556
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001557- USB Support:
1558 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001559 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001560 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1561 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenkfb30b4c2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001562 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001563 storage devices.
1564 Note:
1565 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1566 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001567 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1568 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1569 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt02848522009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001570 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1571 for USB on PSC3
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001572 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1573 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1574 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt02848522009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001575 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1576 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001577 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Wei063f9ff2007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001578 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1579 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001580
Simon Glass5978cdb2012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001581 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1582 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1583
Oleksandr Tymoshenko7a881752014-02-01 21:51:25 -07001584 CONFIG_USB_DWC2_REG_ADDR the physical CPU address of the DWC2
1585 HW module registers.
1586
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001587- USB Device:
1588 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1589 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1590 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001591 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001592 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1593 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001594 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001595 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1596 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1597 a Linux host by
1598 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1599 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1600 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1601 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001602
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001603 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1604 Define this to build a UDC device
1605
1606 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1607 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1608 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001609
Vipin KUMARbdb17702012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301610 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1611 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1612 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1613 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1614 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1615 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1616 speed.
1617
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001618 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001619 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1620 be set to usbtty.
1621
1622 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001623 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001624 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001625 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001626
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001627 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001628 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001629 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001630
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001631 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001632 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001633 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001634 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1635 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1636 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1637
1638 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1639 Define this string as the name of your company for
1640 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001641
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001642 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1643 Define this string as the name of your product
1644 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001645
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001646 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1647 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1648 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1649 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1650 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001651
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001652 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1653 Define this as the unique Product ID
1654 for your device
1655 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001656
Igor Grinbergac5f6ee2011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001657- ULPI Layer Support:
1658 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1659 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1660 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1661 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1662 viewport is supported.
1663 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1664 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stachf31e4112012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001665 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1666 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1667 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001668
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001669- MMC Support:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001670 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1671 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1672 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001673 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001674 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1675 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001676
Yoshihiro Shimodadb7717b2011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001677 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1678 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1679
1680 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1681 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1682
1683 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1684 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1685
Pierre Aubertbcc302c2014-04-24 10:30:08 +02001686 CONFIG_GENERIC_MMC
1687 Enable the generic MMC driver
1688
1689 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT
1690 Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions.
1691
1692 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB
1693 Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the
1694 key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC.
1695
Tom Rini58a8d322013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001696- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1697 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION
1698 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1699
1700 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1701 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1702 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1703 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1704 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1705
1706 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1707 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1708
Pantelis Antonioucf14d0d2013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001709 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1710 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1711
Afzal Mohammede3c687a2013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301712 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1713 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1714 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1715 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1716 one that would help mostly the developer.
1717
Heiko Schochera2f831e2013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001718 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1719 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1720 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1721 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1722 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1723
Pantelis Antonioua6e788d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001724 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1725 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1726 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1727 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1728 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1729 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1730
Heiko Schochere1ba1512014-03-18 08:09:56 +01001731 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1732 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1733 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1734 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1735
1736 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1737 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1738 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1739 sending again an USB request to the device.
1740
Sebastian Siewior9d4471e2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001741- USB Device Android Fastboot support:
1742 CONFIG_CMD_FASTBOOT
1743 This enables the command "fastboot" which enables the Android
1744 fastboot mode for the platform's USB device. Fastboot is a USB
1745 protocol for downloading images, flashing and device control
1746 used on Android devices.
1747 See doc/README.android-fastboot for more information.
1748
1749 CONFIG_ANDROID_BOOT_IMAGE
1750 This enables support for booting images which use the Android
1751 image format header.
1752
1753 CONFIG_USB_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR
1754 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1755 downloads. Define this to the starting RAM address to use for
1756 downloaded images.
1757
1758 CONFIG_USB_FASTBOOT_BUF_SIZE
1759 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1760 downloads. This buffer should be as large as possible for a
1761 platform. Define this to the size available RAM for fastboot.
1762
Steve Raebfb9ba42014-08-26 11:47:28 -07001763 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH
1764 The fastboot protocol includes a "flash" command for writing
1765 the downloaded image to a non-volatile storage device. Define
1766 this to enable the "fastboot flash" command.
1767
1768 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH_MMC_DEV
1769 The fastboot "flash" command requires additional information
1770 regarding the non-volatile storage device. Define this to
1771 the eMMC device that fastboot should use to store the image.
1772
Steve Rae7d059342014-12-12 15:51:54 -08001773 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_GPT_NAME
1774 The fastboot "flash" command supports writing the downloaded
1775 image to the Protective MBR and the Primary GUID Partition
1776 Table. (Additionally, this downloaded image is post-processed
1777 to generate and write the Backup GUID Partition Table.)
1778 This occurs when the specified "partition name" on the
1779 "fastboot flash" command line matches this value.
1780 Default is GPT_ENTRY_NAME (currently "gpt") if undefined.
1781
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001782- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1783 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1784 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1785 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1786
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001787 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1788 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001789 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1790
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001791 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001792 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1793 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1794
1795 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001796 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001797 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1798 have not defined a custom partition
1799
Donggeun Kim8f814002011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001800- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1801 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kimb44c8ab2012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001802
1803 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1804 file in FAT formatted partition.
1805
1806 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1807 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kim8f814002011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001808
Gabe Black7f8574c2012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001809CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1810 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1811
1812 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1813 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1814 and cbfsload.
1815
Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu1c4cf332014-05-26 19:18:37 +05301816- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem cluster size:
1817 CONFIG_FS_FAT_MAX_CLUSTSIZE
1818
1819 Define the max cluster size for fat operations else
1820 a default value of 65536 will be defined.
1821
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001822- Keyboard Support:
1823 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1824
1825 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1826 support
1827
1828 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1829 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1830 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1831 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1832 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1833
Hung-ying Tyan4a48bcf2013-05-15 18:27:32 +08001834 CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB
1835 Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface.
1836 This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller
1837 which provides key scans on request.
1838
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001839- Video support:
1840 CONFIG_VIDEO
1841
1842 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1843 video).
1844
1845 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1846
1847 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1848
1849 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkd3602132004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001850 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001851 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1852 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1853 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001854
wdenkd3602132004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001855 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001856 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001857 are possible:
1858 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk05939202004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001859 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001860
1861 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1862 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1863 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1864 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1865 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1866 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1867 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001868 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1869
wdenkd3602132004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001870 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswileraea68562007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001871 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001872
1873
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001874 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001875 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenk9dd2b882002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001876 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1877 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1878
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001879 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001880 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001881 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1882 support, and should also define these other macros:
1883
1884 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1885 CONFIG_VIDEO
1886 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1887 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1888 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1889 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1890 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1891 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1892
Timur Tabi32f709e2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001893 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1894 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1895 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1896 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001897
Simon Glass54df8ce2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001898 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1899
1900 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1901 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1902 driver.
1903
1904
wdenk4e112c12003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001905- Keyboard Support:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001906 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk4e112c12003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001907
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001908 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1909 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1910 defined in your board-specific files.
1911 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenk9dd2b882002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001912
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001913- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1914
1915 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1916 display); also select one of the supported displays
1917 by defining one of these:
1918
Stelian Popf6f86652008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001919 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1920
1921 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1922
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001923 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001924
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001925 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001926
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001927 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
1928
1929 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1930 Active, color, single scan.
1931
1932 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001933
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001934 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001935 Active, color, single scan.
1936
1937 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1938
1939 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1940 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1941
1942 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1943
1944 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1945 Active, color, single scan.
1946
1947 CONFIG_HLD1045
1948
1949 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1950 Active, color, single scan.
1951
1952 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1953
1954 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1955 or
1956 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1957 or
1958 Hitachi SP14Q002
1959
1960 320x240. Black & white.
1961
1962 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001963 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001964
Simon Glass599a4df2012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001965 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1966
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001967 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (typically 4KB). If this is
Simon Glass599a4df2012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001968 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1969 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1970 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1971 a per-section basis.
1972
Simon Glassaf3e2802012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001973 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1974
1975 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1976 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1977 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1978 is slow.
Simon Glass599a4df2012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001979
Tom Wai-Hong Tam79926a42012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001980 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1981
1982 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1983
Tom Wai-Hong Tam6664f202012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001984 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1985
1986 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1987 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1988
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001989- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001990
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001991 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1992 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1993 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenk01686632004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001994 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001995 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1996 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1997 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1998 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001999
Nikita Kiryanov2f3e2ca2013-02-24 21:28:43 +00002000 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
2001
2002 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
2003 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
Tom Rini958a8f82014-02-25 10:27:01 -05002004 (see README.displaying-bmps).
Nikita Kiryanov2f3e2ca2013-02-24 21:28:43 +00002005 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
2006 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
2007 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
2008 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
2009 there is no need to set this option.
2010
Matthias Weisser53884182009-07-09 16:07:30 +02002011 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
2012
2013 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
2014 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
2015 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
2016 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
2017 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
2018 specify 'm' for centering the image.
2019
2020 Example:
2021 setenv splashpos m,m
2022 => image at center of screen
2023
2024 setenv splashpos 30,20
2025 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
2026
2027 setenv splashpos -10,m
2028 => vertically centered image
2029 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
2030
Stefan Roesed9d97742005-09-22 09:04:17 +02002031- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
2032
2033 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
2034 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
2035 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
2036
Anatolij Gustschin6b4e4fc2010-03-15 14:50:25 +01002037- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
2038
2039 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
2040 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
2041 bmp command.
2042
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002043- Do compressing for memory range:
Lei Wene4e248d2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00002044 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
2045
2046 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
2047 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
2048
wdenk710e3502003-08-29 20:57:53 +00002049- Compression support:
Kees Cook5b06e642013-08-16 07:59:12 -07002050 CONFIG_GZIP
2051
2052 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
2053
wdenk710e3502003-08-29 20:57:53 +00002054 CONFIG_BZIP2
2055
2056 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
2057 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
2058 compressed images are supported.
2059
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00002060 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002061 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00002062 be at least 4MB.
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00002063
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellini35afc062008-09-08 02:46:13 +02002064 CONFIG_LZMA
2065
2066 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
2067 images is included.
2068
2069 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
2070 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
2071 formula:
2072
2073 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
2074
2075 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
2076 and Literal pos bits.
2077
2078 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
2079 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
2080 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
2081 a very small buffer.
2082
2083 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
2084 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002085 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellini35afc062008-09-08 02:46:13 +02002086
Kees Cook5b06e642013-08-16 07:59:12 -07002087 CONFIG_LZO
2088
2089 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
2090 is included.
2091
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002092- MII/PHY support:
2093 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
2094
2095 The address of PHY on MII bus.
2096
2097 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
2098
2099 The clock frequency of the MII bus
2100
2101 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
2102
2103 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002104 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002105
2106 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
2107
2108 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
2109 reset before any MII register access is possible.
2110 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
2111 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
2112
2113 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
2114
2115 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
2116 command issued before MII status register can be read
2117
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002118- Ethernet address:
2119 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubune5167f12008-09-29 18:28:23 -04002120 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002121 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
2122 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubune5167f12008-09-29 18:28:23 -04002123 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
2124 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002125
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002126 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
2127 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002128 is not determined automatically.
2129
2130- IP address:
2131 CONFIG_IPADDR
2132
2133 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002134 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002135 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00002136 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002137
2138- Server IP address:
2139 CONFIG_SERVERIP
2140
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002141 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002142 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00002143 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002144
Robin Getz470a6d42009-07-21 12:15:28 -04002145 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
2146
2147 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
2148 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
2149
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00002150- Gateway IP address:
2151 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
2152
2153 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
2154 default router where packets to other networks are
2155 sent to.
2156 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
2157
2158- Subnet mask:
2159 CONFIG_NETMASK
2160
2161 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
2162 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
2163 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
2164 forwarded through a router.
2165 (Environment variable "netmask")
2166
David Updegraff7280da72007-06-11 10:41:07 -05002167- Multicast TFTP Mode:
2168 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
2169
2170 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
2171 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002172 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff7280da72007-06-11 10:41:07 -05002173 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
2174 multicast group.
2175
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002176- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
2177 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
2178
2179 If you have many targets in a network that try to
2180 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
2181 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
2182 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
2183 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
2184 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
2185 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
2186 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denkb65aaf92007-08-06 23:21:05 +02002187 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002188
2189 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
2190 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
2191 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
2192 4th and following
2193 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
2194
Thierry Reding8977cda2014-08-19 10:21:24 +02002195 CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE
2196
2197 BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The
2198 server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and
2199 U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of
2200 an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses
2201 aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP
2202 ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to
2203 respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it
2204 takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that
2205 time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order
2206 to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these
2207 retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of
2208 IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this
2209 cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding
2210 requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers
2211 from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency.
2212
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002213- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002214 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
2215 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002216
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002217 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
2218 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
2219 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
2220 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
2221 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
2222 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
2223 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
2224 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
2225 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
2226 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
2227 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
2228 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger8ca7fa02012-05-23 07:59:19 +00002229 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002230
Wilson Callan22bcd6e2007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002231 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
2232 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002233
Joe Hershberger8ca7fa02012-05-23 07:59:19 +00002234 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
2235 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
2236 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
2237 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
2238 is not available.
2239
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002240 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
2241 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
2242 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
2243 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
2244 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
2245 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
2246 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002247 is defined.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002248
2249 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
2250 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
2251 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan22bcd6e2007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002252 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002253 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
2254 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002255
Aras Vaichas72aa3f32008-03-26 09:43:57 +11002256 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
2257
2258 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
2259 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
2260 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
2261 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
2262 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
2263 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
2264 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
2265 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
2266 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
2267 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
2268 this delay.
2269
Joe Hershbergerb35a3a62012-05-23 08:00:12 +00002270 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
2271 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
2272 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
2273 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
2274 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
2275
2276 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
2277
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002278 - CDP Options:
wdenk05939202004-04-18 17:39:38 +00002279 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002280
2281 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
2282
2283 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
2284
2285 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
2286 of the device.
2287
2288 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
2289
2290 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
2291 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002292 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002293
2294 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
2295
2296 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
2297 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
2298
2299 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
2300
2301 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
2302
2303 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
2304
2305 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
2306
2307 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
2308
2309 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
2310
2311 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
2312
2313 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
2314 device in .1 of milliwatts.
2315
2316 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
2317
2318 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
2319
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002320- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
2321
2322 Several configurations allow to display the current
2323 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
2324 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
2325 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
2326 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
2327 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
2328 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
2329 feature in U-Boot.
2330
Igor Grinberg4997a9e2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02002331 Additional options:
2332
2333 CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2334 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2335 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
2336 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2337 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2338
Igor Grinberg203bd9f2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02002339 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2340 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2341 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2342 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2343 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2344 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2345
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002346- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2347
2348 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2349 on those systems that support this (optional)
2350 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2351
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002352- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002353
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002354 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2355 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2356 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2357 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2358 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2359 interface.
2360
2361 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002362 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2363 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2364 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2365 for defining speed and slave address
2366 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2367 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2368 for defining speed and slave address
2369 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2370 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2371 for defining speed and slave address
2372 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2373 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2374 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002375
Heiko Schocherf2850742012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002376 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2377 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2378 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2379 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2380 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2381 bus.
Wolfgang Denkec7fbf52013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002382 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocherf2850742012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002383 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2384 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2385 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2386 second bus.
2387
Simon Glass026fefb2012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002388 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu045acfa2013-10-11 16:23:53 +09002389 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2390 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2391 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass026fefb2012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002392
Dirk Eibach42b204f2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00002393 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2394 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2395 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2396 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2397
trema49f40a2013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002398 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2399 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
2400 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2401 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2402 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2403 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2404 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2405 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002406 If those defines are not set, default value is 100000
trema49f40a2013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002407 for speed, and 0 for slave.
2408
Nobuhiro Iwamatsue94ea2f2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09002409 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2410 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2411 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2412
2413 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2414 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2415 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2416 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2417 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2418 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2419 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2420 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2421 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2422
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu12240102013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002423 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2424 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2425 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2426
2427 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2428 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2429 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2430 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2431 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2432 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2433 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2434 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2435 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2436 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
2437 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5
2438 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002439 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu12240102013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002440
Heiko Schocherf53f2b82013-10-22 11:03:18 +02002441 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2442 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2443 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2444 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2445 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2446 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2447 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2448 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2449 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2450 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2451 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2452 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2453
Heiko Schocher465819a2013-11-08 07:30:53 +01002454 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2455 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2456 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2457 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2458
Naveen Krishna Ch5d5efd32013-12-06 12:12:38 +05302459 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2460 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2461 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2462 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2463 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2464
Dirk Eibachb9577432014-07-03 09:28:18 +02002465 - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c
2466 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS
2467 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2468 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0
2469 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0
2470 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2471 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1
2472 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1
2473 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2
2474 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2
2475 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2
2476 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3
2477 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3
2478 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3
2479
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002480 additional defines:
2481
2482 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002483 Hold the number of i2c buses you want to use. If you
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002484 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
2485 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
2486 omit this define.
2487
2488 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2489 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2490 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2491 omit this define.
2492
2493 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2494 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2495 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2496 define.
2497
2498 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002499 hold a list of buses you want to use, only used if
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002500 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2501 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2502 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2503
2504 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2505 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2506 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2507 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2508 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2509 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2510 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2511 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2512 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2513 }
2514
2515 which defines
2516 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002517 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2518 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2519 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2520 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2521 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002522 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002523 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2524 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002525
2526 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2527
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002528- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002529
2530 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2531 provides the following compelling advantages:
2532
2533 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2534 - approved multibus support
2535 - better i2c mux support
2536
2537 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002538
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002539 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2540 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2541 for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002542
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002543 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05002544 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002545 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2546 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002547 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002548
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002549 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002550
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002551 There are several other quantities that must also be
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002552 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002553
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002554 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002555 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002556 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002557 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002558
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002559 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002560 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002561 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2562 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2563 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002564
Eric Millbrandt12990a42009-09-03 08:09:44 -05002565 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2566
2567 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2568 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2569 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2570 commands until the slave device responds.
2571
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002572 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002573
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002574 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002575 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2576 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002577
2578 I2C_INIT
2579
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002580 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002581 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002582
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002583 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002584
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002585 I2C_PORT
2586
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002587 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2588 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2589 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002590
2591 I2C_ACTIVE
2592
2593 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2594 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2595 define can be null.
2596
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002597 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2598
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002599 I2C_TRISTATE
2600
2601 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2602 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2603 define can be null.
2604
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002605 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2606
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002607 I2C_READ
2608
York Sun4a598092013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002609 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2610 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002611
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002612 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2613
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002614 I2C_SDA(bit)
2615
York Sun4a598092013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002616 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2617 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002618
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002619 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002620 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002621 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002622
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002623 I2C_SCL(bit)
2624
York Sun4a598092013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002625 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2626 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002627
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002628 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002629 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002630 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002631
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002632 I2C_DELAY
2633
2634 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2635 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002636 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002637 like:
2638
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002639 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002640
Mike Frysingeree12d542010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002641 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2642
2643 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2644 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2645 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2646 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2647
2648 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2649 the generic GPIO functions.
2650
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002651 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002652
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002653 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2654 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2655 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2656 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2657 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2658 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2659 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2660 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002661
Richard Retanubundf0149c2010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002662 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2663
2664 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2665 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2666 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2667 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2668 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2669 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2670 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2671 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2672
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002673 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2674
2675 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2676 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2677 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2678
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002679 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2680
2681 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002682 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2683 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002684 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2685
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002686 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002687
2688 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002689 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser469cde42009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002690 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2691 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002692
2693 e.g.
2694 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002695 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002696
2697 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2698
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002699 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002700 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002701
2702 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2703
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002704 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabiab347542006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002705
2706 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2707 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2708
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002709 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese096cc9b2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002710
2711 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2712 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2713
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002714 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese096cc9b2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002715
2716 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2717 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2718
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002719 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo31856dd2008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002720
2721 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2722 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2723 specified DTT device.
2724
Andrew Dyer58c41f92008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002725 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2726
2727 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2728 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2729 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2730 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2731 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2732 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2733 the other.
Timur Tabiab347542006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002734
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002735- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2736
2737 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2738 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2739 D/As on the SACSng board)
2740
Yoshihiro Shimoda65bd9b42011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002741 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2742
2743 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2744 only SH7757 is supported.
2745
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002746 CONFIG_SPI_X
2747
2748 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2749 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2750
2751 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2752
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002753 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2754 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2755 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2756 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2757 defined, the board configuration must define several
2758 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2759 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002760
Ben Warren7efe9272008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002761 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2762
2763 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2764 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2765 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002766 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren7efe9272008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002767 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2768
Guennadi Liakhovetski07327a52008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002769 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2770
2771 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevamdcd342c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002772 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski07327a52008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002773
Heiko Schocherb77c8882014-07-14 10:22:11 +02002774 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT
2775 Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed.
2776 default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */
2777
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002778- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002779
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002780 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2781
2782 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2783
2784 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2785 (ALTERA, XILINX)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002786
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002787 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002788
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002789 Enables support for FPGA family.
2790 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2791
2792 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
2793
2794 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002795
Siva Durga Prasad Paladuguadc11de2014-03-14 16:35:38 +05302796 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADMK
2797
2798 Enable support for fpga loadmk command
2799
Michal Simek64c70982014-05-02 13:43:39 +02002800 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADP
2801
2802 Enable support for fpga loadp command - load partial bitstream
2803
2804 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADBP
2805
2806 Enable support for fpga loadbp command - load partial bitstream
2807 (Xilinx only)
2808
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002809 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002810
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002811 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002812
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002813 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002814
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002815 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2816 status by the configuration function. This option
2817 will require a board or device specific function to
2818 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002819
2820 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2821
2822 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2823 configuration driver.
2824
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002825 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002826 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2827
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002828 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002829
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002830 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2831 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2832 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2833 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002834
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002835 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002836
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002837 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to de-assert
2838 after PROB_B has been de-asserted during a Virtex II
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002839 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002840 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002841
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002842 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002843
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002844 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to de-assert during
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002845 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002846
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002847 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002848
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002849 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002850 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002851
2852- Configuration Management:
Stefan Roese141ed202014-10-22 12:13:24 +02002853 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET
2854
2855 Some SoCs need special image types (e.g. U-Boot binary
2856 with a special header) as build targets. By defining
2857 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET in the SoC / board header, this
2858 special image will be automatically built upon calling
2859 make / MAKEALL.
2860
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002861 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2862
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002863 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2864 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002865
2866- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2867
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002868 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2869 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002870 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002871 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2872 protects these variables from casual modification by
2873 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2874 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002875 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002876
2877 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2878 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002879 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002880 these parameters.
2881
2882 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2883 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002884 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002885 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2886 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2887 read-only.]
2888
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002889 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2890 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2891 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2892 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2893
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002894- Protected RAM:
2895 CONFIG_PRAM
2896
2897 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2898 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2899 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2900 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2901 this default value by defining an environment
2902 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2903 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2904 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2905 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2906 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2907 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2908 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2909
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002910 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002911 saveenv
2912
2913 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2914 either, which results in a memory region that will
2915 not be affected by reboots.
2916
2917 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2918 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2919 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2920 following board configurations are known to be
2921 "pRAM-clean":
2922
Wolfgang Denk90326762012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002923 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2924 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denkcd4e42e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002925 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002926
Gabe Blacka2f3a932012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002927- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2928 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2929 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2930 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2931 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2932 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2933 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2934
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002935- Error Recovery:
2936 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2937
2938 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2939 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2940 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002941 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002942 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2943 useful during development since you can try to debug
2944 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2945
2946 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2947
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002948 This variable defines the number of retries for
2949 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2950 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2951 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002952
Guennadi Liakhovetskib38c2b32008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002953 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2954
2955 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2956
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi147e3902012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002957 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2958
2959 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2960 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2961 try longer timeout such as
2962 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2963
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002964- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk81352ed2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002965 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk3902d702004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002966
2967 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2968
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002969 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002970
2971 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2972 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2973 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2974
2975 Note:
2976
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002977 In the current implementation, the local variables
2978 space and global environment variables space are
2979 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2980 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2981 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2982 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2983 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002984
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002985 Global environment variables are those you use
2986 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2987 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2988 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002989
2990 To store commands and special characters in a
2991 variable, please use double quotation marks
2992 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2993 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2994 symbols.
2995
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002996- Command Line Editing and History:
Wolfgang Denk2039a072006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002997 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2998
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002999 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003000 command line input operations
Wolfgang Denk2039a072006-07-21 11:35:21 +02003001
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003002- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003003 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
3004
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003005 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
3006 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003007 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk591dda52002-11-18 00:14:45 +00003008
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003009 For example, place something like this in your
3010 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003011
3012 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
3013 "myvar1=value1\0" \
3014 "myvar2=value2\0"
3015
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003016 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
3017 internal format how the environment is stored by the
3018 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
3019 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003020 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003021 You better know what you are doing here.
3022
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003023 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
3024 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk85c25df2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02003025 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003026 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003027
Stephen Warren1465d5f2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00003028 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
3029
3030 Define this in order to add variables describing the
3031 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
3032 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
3033
3034 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
3035
3036 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
3037 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
3038 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
3039 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
3040 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
3041
Tom Rini4c8cc9b2012-10-24 07:28:16 +00003042 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
3043
3044 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
3045 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
3046 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
3047
Simon Glass6b8d5fd2012-11-30 13:01:17 +00003048 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
3049
3050 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003051 initialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
Simon Glass6b8d5fd2012-11-30 13:01:17 +00003052 that so that the environment is not available until
3053 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
3054 this is instead controlled by the value of
3055 /config/load-environment.
3056
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003057- DataFlash Support:
wdenk381669a2003-06-16 23:50:08 +00003058 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
3059
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003060 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
3061 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
3062 commands cp, md...
wdenk381669a2003-06-16 23:50:08 +00003063
Eric Nelson97f5f8f2012-01-31 10:52:08 -07003064- Serial Flash support
3065 CONFIG_CMD_SF
3066
3067 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
3068 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
3069
3070 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
3071 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
3072 commands.
3073
3074 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
3075 to handle the common case when only a single serial
3076 flash is present on the system.
3077
3078 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
3079 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
3080 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
3081 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
3082
Simon Glass4b5545e2012-10-08 13:16:02 +00003083 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
3084
3085 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
3086 test ('sf test').
3087
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekic6d173d2013-06-19 15:33:58 +05303088 CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg
3089
3090 Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr
3091 support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes.
3092
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekid7f253b2014-01-11 15:25:04 +05303093 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories
3094
3095 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash
3096 memories can be connected with a given cs line.
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003097 Currently Xilinx Zynq qspi supports these type of connections.
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekid7f253b2014-01-11 15:25:04 +05303098
Heiko Schocherd73b7ec2014-07-18 06:07:21 +02003099 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_ST_ENABLE_WP_PIN
3100 enable the W#/Vpp signal to disable writing to the status
3101 register on ST MICRON flashes like the N25Q128.
3102 The status register write enable/disable bit, combined with
3103 the W#/VPP signal provides hardware data protection for the
3104 device as follows: When the enable/disable bit is set to 1,
3105 and the W#/VPP signal is driven LOW, the status register
3106 nonvolatile bits become read-only and the WRITE STATUS REGISTER
3107 operation will not execute. The only way to exit this
3108 hardware-protected mode is to drive W#/VPP HIGH.
3109
wdenkef893942004-02-23 16:11:30 +00003110- SystemACE Support:
3111 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
3112
3113 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
3114 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003115 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003116 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenkef893942004-02-23 16:11:30 +00003117
3118 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003119 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenkef893942004-02-23 16:11:30 +00003120
3121 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
3122 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
3123
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003124- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
3125 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
3126
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003127 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003128 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003129 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003130 number generator is used.
3131
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003132 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
3133 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
3134 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
3135
3136 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003137 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
3138 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
3139 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
3140 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
3141 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
3142 but sometimes that is not allowed.
3143
Simon Glass058bb8d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00003144- Hashing support:
3145 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
3146
3147 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
3148 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
3149
3150 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
3151
3152 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
3153 size a little.
3154
3155 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
3156 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
3157
3158 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
3159 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
3160
Robert Winkler765ccf42013-07-24 17:57:06 -07003161- Freescale i.MX specific commands:
3162 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
3163 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
3164 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
3165
3166 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
3167 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
3168 a boot from specific media.
3169
3170 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
3171 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
3172 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
3173 will set it back to normal. This command currently
3174 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
3175
Simon Glass35191a32013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003176- Signing support:
3177 CONFIG_RSA
3178
3179 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
Detlev Zundel49dc73b2014-01-20 16:21:46 +01003180 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more information.
Simon Glass35191a32013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003181
Ruchika Guptaa0d3ca62015-01-23 16:01:54 +05303182 The Modular Exponentiation algorithm in RSA is implemented using
3183 driver model. So CONFIG_DM needs to be enabled by default for this
3184 library to function.
3185
Simon Glass35191a32013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003186 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
Ruchika Guptaa0d3ca62015-01-23 16:01:54 +05303187 option. The software based modular exponentiation is built into
3188 mkimage irrespective of this option.
Simon Glass35191a32013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003189
Heiko Schocher443ca402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01003190- bootcount support:
3191 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
3192
3193 This enables the bootcounter support, see:
3194 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
3195
3196 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
3197 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
3198 CONFIG_BLACKFIN
3199 enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards.
3200 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
3201 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
3202 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
3203 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
3204 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
3205 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
3206 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
3207 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
3208 the bootcounter.
3209 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
Simon Glass35191a32013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003210
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003211- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003212 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
3213
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003214 Defining this option allows to add some board-
3215 specific code (calling a user-provided function
3216 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
3217 the system's boot progress on some display (for
3218 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
3219 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003220
Simon Glass31a870e2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00003221- Detailed boot stage timing
3222 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
3223 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
3224 of the boot process.
3225
3226 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
3227 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
3228 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
3229 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
3230 the limit, recording will stop.
3231
3232 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
3233 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
3234
3235 Timer summary in microseconds:
3236 Mark Elapsed Stage
3237 0 0 reset
3238 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
3239 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
3240 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
3241 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
3242 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
3243 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
3244 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
3245
Simon Glass4afd88e2012-09-28 08:56:39 +00003246 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
3247 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
3248 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
3249
Simon Glass0fa36a42012-09-28 08:56:37 +00003250 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
3251 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
3252 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
3253 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
3254 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
3255 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
3256 For example:
3257
3258 bootstage {
3259 154 {
3260 name = "board_init_f";
3261 mark = <3575678>;
3262 };
3263 170 {
3264 name = "lcd";
3265 accum = <33482>;
3266 };
3267 };
3268
3269 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
3270
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003271Legacy uImage format:
3272
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003273 Arg Where When
3274 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003275 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003276 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003277 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003278 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003279 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003280 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
3281 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
3282 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003283 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003284 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
3285 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
3286 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
3287 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003288 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003289 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003290
3291 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3292 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
3293 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
3294 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
3295 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
3296 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
3297 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003298 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003299 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
3300 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
3301
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003302 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003303
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003304 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenkd729d302004-02-27 00:07:27 +00003305 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
3306 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenke97d3d92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00003307
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003308 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
3309 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
3310 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
3311 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
3312 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
3313 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3314 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
3315 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
3316 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
3317 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
3318 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3319 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
3320 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3321 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
3322 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
3323 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
3324 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
3325 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
3326 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
3327 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
3328 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
3329 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
3330 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
3331 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
3332 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
3333 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
3334 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3335 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
3336 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
3337 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
3338 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
3339 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
3340 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
3341 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
3342 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
3343 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
3344 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
3345 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
3346 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
3347 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3348 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
3349 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3350 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
3351 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
3352 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
3353 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
3354 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003355
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003356 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003357
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003358 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003359 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
3360 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003361
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003362 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
3363 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003364 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003365 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
3366 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
3367 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk85c25df2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02003368 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
3369 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003370 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003371
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003372FIT uImage format:
3373
3374 Arg Where When
3375 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
3376 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
3377 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
3378 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
3379 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
3380 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowicz0cd4f3d2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01003381 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003382 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
3383 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
3384 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
3385 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
3386 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003387 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
3388 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003389 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
3390 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
3391 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
3392 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
3393 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
3394 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
3395 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
3396 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
3397
3398 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3399 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
3400 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003401 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003402 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
3403 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
3404 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
3405 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
3406 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
3407 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
3408 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
3409 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
3410 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
3411 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
3412 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
3413 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
3414
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003415 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003416 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
3417
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003418 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003419 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3420
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003421 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003422 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3423
Heiko Schocher515eb122014-05-28 11:33:33 +02003424- legacy image format:
3425 CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3426 enables the legacy image format support in U-Boot.
3427
3428 Default:
3429 enabled if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not defined.
3430
3431 CONFIG_DISABLE_IMAGE_LEGACY
3432 disable the legacy image format
3433
3434 This define is introduced, as the legacy image format is
3435 enabled per default for backward compatibility.
3436
Gabe Blackd572e162012-10-25 16:31:10 +00003437- FIT image support:
3438 CONFIG_FIT
3439 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
3440
3441 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
3442 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
3443 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
3444 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
3445 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
3446 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
3447
Simon Glass58fe7e52013-06-13 15:10:00 -07003448 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
3449 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
3450 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. See
3451 doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
3452
Heiko Schocher515eb122014-05-28 11:33:33 +02003453 WARNING: When relying on signed FIT images with required
3454 signature check the legacy image format is default
3455 disabled. If a board need legacy image format support
3456 enable this through CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3457
Dirk Eibach88919ca2014-07-03 09:28:26 +02003458 CONFIG_FIT_DISABLE_SHA256
3459 Supporting SHA256 hashes has quite an impact on binary size.
3460 For constrained systems sha256 hash support can be disabled
3461 with this option.
3462
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003463- Standalone program support:
3464 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3465
Wolfgang Denk23f78482011-10-09 21:06:34 +02003466 This option defines a board specific value for the
3467 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3468 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003469 settings.
3470
3471- Frame Buffer Address:
3472 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3473
3474 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denka71eb8e2013-01-03 00:43:59 +00003475 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3476 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3477 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3478 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3479 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3480 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3481 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003482
3483 Please see board_init_f function.
3484
Detlev Zundel0ecb6112009-12-01 17:16:19 +01003485- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3486 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3487 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3488 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3489
3490 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3491 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3492
3493- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3494 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3495
3496 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3497 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3498
3499 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3500
3501 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3502 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3503
Heiko Schocherf5895d12014-06-24 10:10:04 +02003504 CONFIG_MTD_NAND_VERIFY_WRITE
3505 verify if the written data is correct reread.
3506
Joe Hershberger7d80fc12013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003507- UBI support
3508 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3509
3510 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3511 with the UBI flash translation layer
3512
3513 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3514
Joe Hershberger47550fc2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003515 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3516
3517 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3518 warnings and errors enabled.
3519
Heiko Schocherf5895d12014-06-24 10:10:04 +02003520
3521 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD
3522 This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest
3523 erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks
3524 of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing
3525 wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase
3526 counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter.
3527
3528 The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and
3529 other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more.
3530 However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock
3531 life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g.,
3532 to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2).
3533
3534 default: 4096
Simon Glass6c0be912014-10-23 18:58:54 -06003535
Heiko Schocherf5895d12014-06-24 10:10:04 +02003536 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT
3537 This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI
3538 expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the
3539 underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR
3540 flash), this value is ignored.
3541
3542 NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM
3543 (Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime.
3544 The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks
3545 then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)",
3546 which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total
3547 count of eraseblocks on the chip).
3548
3549 To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to
3550 reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks
3551 handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire
3552 NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means
3553 that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad
3554 eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same
3555 size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a
3556 partition.
3557
3558 default: 20
3559
3560 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP
3561 Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device
3562 in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it
3563 only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device.
3564 The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach
3565 the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where
3566 attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install
3567 a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter
3568 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note
3569 that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations
3570 without fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap
3571 fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps.
3572
3573 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT
3574 Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images
3575 without a fastmap.
3576 default: 0
3577
Joe Hershberger7d80fc12013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003578- UBIFS support
3579 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3580
3581 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3582 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3583
3584 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3585
Joe Hershberger47550fc2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003586 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3587
3588 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3589 warnings and errors enabled.
3590
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003591- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003592 CONFIG_SPL
3593 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003594
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003595 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3596 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3597
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003598 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3599 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3600 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3601 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUDafab1482013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003602 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003603 must not be both defined at the same time.
3604
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003605 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003606 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3607 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3608 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3609 not exceed it.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003610
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003611 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3612 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003613
Scott Woodc4f0d002012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003614 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3615 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3616 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3617
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003618 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3619 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3620
3621 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003622 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3623 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3624 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUDafab1482013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003625 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003626 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003627
3628 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3629 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3630
Scott Woodc4f0d002012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003631 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3632 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3633 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3634 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3635
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003636 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3637 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3638
3639 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3640 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003641
Tom Rini28591df2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07003642 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3643 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3644 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3645 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3646
Tom Rinic2b76002014-03-28 12:03:39 -04003647 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
3648 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
3649 See also: doc/README.falcon
3650
Tom Rinife3b0c72012-08-13 11:37:56 -07003651 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3652 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3653 about the running system.
3654
Scott Wood7c810902012-09-20 16:35:21 -05003655 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3656 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3657
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003658 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
3659 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003660
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003661 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
3662 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003663
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003664 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
3665 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003666
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003667 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
3668 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003669
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003670 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
3671 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003672
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003673 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3674 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
Paul Kocialkowski341e8cd2014-11-08 23:14:55 +01003675 Address and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003676 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3677
Paul Kocialkowski17675c82014-11-08 23:14:56 +01003678 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION
3679 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3680 used in raw mode
3681
Peter Korsgaard01b542f2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00003682 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3683 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3684 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3685
3686 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3687 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3688 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3689 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3690 (for falcon mode)
3691
Paul Kocialkowski341e8cd2014-11-08 23:14:55 +01003692 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION
3693 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3694 used in fs mode
3695
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003696 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
3697 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
3698
Guillaume GARDET5065b712014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003699 CONFIG_SPL_EXT_SUPPORT
3700 Support for EXT filesystem in SPL binary
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003701
Guillaume GARDET5065b712014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003702 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3703 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from filesystem
3704
3705 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
Peter Korsgaard465f1f82013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003706 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
Guillaume GARDET5065b712014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003707 from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard465f1f82013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003708
Guillaume GARDET5065b712014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003709 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
Peter Korsgaard465f1f82013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003710 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
Guillaume GARDET5065b712014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003711 when reading from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard465f1f82013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003712
Scott Wood2b36fbb2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00003713 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3714 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3715 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3716 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3717 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3718
Prabhakar Kushwaha6e2b9a32014-04-08 19:12:31 +05303719 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
3720 Avoid SPL relocation
3721
Scott Woodc352a0c2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003722 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3723 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3724 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3725
3726 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3727 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3728
3729 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3730 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3731
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003732 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003733 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3734 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003735
Tom Rini543c9f12014-03-28 12:03:36 -04003736 CONFIG_SPL_MTD_SUPPORT
3737 Support for the MTD subsystem within SPL. Useful for
3738 environment on NAND support within SPL.
3739
Heiko Schochercf000272014-10-31 08:31:00 +01003740 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_RAW_ONLY
3741 Support to boot only raw u-boot.bin images. Use this only
3742 if you need to save space.
3743
Ying Zhang9ff70262013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003744 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT
3745 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for
York Sunf0626592013-09-30 09:22:09 -07003746 drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary.
Ying Zhang9ff70262013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003747
Ying Zhangdfb2b152013-08-16 15:16:12 +08003748 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3749 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3750 SPL binary.
3751
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003752 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3753 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3754 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3755 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3756 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3757 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003758 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003759
Prabhakar Kushwahaafffcb02013-12-11 12:42:11 +05303760 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3761 Add support NAND boot
3762
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003763 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003764 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3765
3766 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3767 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3768
3769 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3770 Size of image to load
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003771
3772 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003773 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003774
3775 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3776 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003777 data. This is used, for example, on davinci platforms.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003778
3779 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3780 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3781 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3782
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003783 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3784 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003785
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003786 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3787 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003788
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003789 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3790 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003791
Pavel Machekde997252012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003792 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3793 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3794
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003795 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3796 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003797
Ying Zhang602f7d32013-05-20 14:07:25 +08003798 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3799 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3800
3801 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3802 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3803 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3804 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3805
Scott Woodeb7bd972012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003806 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeauf0180722013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003807 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3808 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3809 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3810 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3811 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Woodeb7bd972012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003812
Scott Woodf147eb72012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003813 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3814 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3815 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3816 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3817
Simon Glass82d94532013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003818 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3819 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3820 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3821 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3822 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3823
Ying Zhang2d2e3b62013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003824- TPL framework
3825 CONFIG_TPL
3826 Enable building of TPL globally.
3827
3828 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3829 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3830 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denkec7fbf52013-10-04 17:43:24 +02003831 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3832 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3833 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang2d2e3b62013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003834
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003835Modem Support:
3836--------------
3837
Wolfgang Denk8f399b32011-05-01 20:44:23 +02003838[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003839
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003840- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003841 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3842
3843- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3844 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3845
3846- Modem debug support:
3847 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3848
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003849 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3850 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003851
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003852- Interrupt support (PPC):
3853
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003854 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3855 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003856 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003857 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003858 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003859 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003860 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003861 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3862 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3863 general timer_interrupt().
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003864
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003865- General:
3866
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003867 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3868 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3869 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003870 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003871 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3872 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3873 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003874
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003875 If there are no modem init strings in the
3876 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3877 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003878 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003879
3880 See also: doc/README.Modem
3881
Helmut Raigerd5a184b2011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003882Board initialization settings:
3883------------------------------
3884
3885During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3886to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3887before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3888following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3889architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3890typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3891
3892- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3893- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3894- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3895- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003896
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003897Configuration Settings:
3898-----------------------
3899
York Sun6c480012014-02-26 17:03:19 -08003900- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
3901 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
3902
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003903- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003904 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3905
Peter Tyserdfb72b82009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003906- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3907 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3908
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003909- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003910 prompt for user input.
3911
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003912- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003913
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003914- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003915
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003916- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003917
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003918- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003919 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3920 booted
3921
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003922- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003923 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3924
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003925- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003926 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003927
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003928- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003929 If the board specific function
3930 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3931 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003932 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3933
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003934- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003935 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003936
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003937- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003938 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3939
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003940- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003941 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3942 simple memory test.
3943
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003944- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003945 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003946
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003947- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5958f4a2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003948 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3949 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3950
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003951- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3952 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003953 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003954 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003955 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3956 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3957 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese37f31bf2008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003958 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003959 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese37f31bf2008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003960 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003961
3962 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3963 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3964 be touched.
3965
3966 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3967 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3968 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3969 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3970 problems.
3971
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003972- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003973 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3974
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003975- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003976 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3977
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003978- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003979 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3980 Cogent motherboard)
3981
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003982- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003983 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3984
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003985- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003986 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3987 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk0708bc62010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003988 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003989 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003990
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003991- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003992 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3993 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3994 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3995 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003996
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003997- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003998 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3999
Simon Glass863e4042014-07-10 22:23:28 -06004000- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
4001 Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If
4002 this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation
4003 will become available before relocation. The address is just
4004 below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make
4005 space.
4006
4007 This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses
4008 within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc()
4009 is not available. free() is supported but does nothing.
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004010 The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotten) when
Simon Glass863e4042014-07-10 22:23:28 -06004011 U-Boot relocates itself.
4012
Simon Glasse997f752014-09-15 06:33:18 -06004013 Pre-relocation malloc() is only supported on ARM and sandbox
Simon Glass0cc6f5c2014-07-10 22:23:31 -06004014 at present but is fairly easy to enable for other archs.
4015
Simon Glass9fa901b2014-11-10 17:16:54 -07004016- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE
4017 Provides a simple and small malloc() and calloc() for those
4018 boards which do not use the full malloc in SPL (which is
4019 enabled with CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START).
4020
Thierry Redingc97d9742014-12-09 22:25:22 -07004021- CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY:
4022 Size of non-cached memory area. This area of memory will be
4023 typically located right below the malloc() area and mapped
4024 uncached in the MMU. This is useful for drivers that would
4025 otherwise require a lot of explicit cache maintenance. For
4026 some drivers it's also impossible to properly maintain the
4027 cache. For example if the regions that need to be flushed
4028 are not a multiple of the cache-line size, *and* padding
4029 cannot be allocated between the regions to align them (i.e.
4030 if the HW requires a contiguous array of regions, and the
4031 size of each region is not cache-aligned), then a flush of
4032 one region may result in overwriting data that hardware has
4033 written to another region in the same cache-line. This can
4034 happen for example in network drivers where descriptors for
4035 buffers are typically smaller than the CPU cache-line (e.g.
4036 16 bytes vs. 32 or 64 bytes).
4037
4038 Non-cached memory is only supported on 32-bit ARM at present.
4039
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004040- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese5d5ce292006-03-13 11:16:36 +01004041 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
4042 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004043 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese5d5ce292006-03-13 11:16:36 +01004044 to adjust this setting to your needs.
4045
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004046- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004047 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
4048 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004049 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
4050 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day832d36e2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04004051 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004052 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004053 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004054 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
4055 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
4056 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004057
John Rigbyeea8e692010-10-13 13:57:35 -06004058- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
4059 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
4060 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
4061 is enabled.
4062
4063- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
4064 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
4065 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
4066
4067- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
4068 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
4069 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
4070
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004071- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004072 Max number of Flash memory banks
4073
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004074- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004075 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
4076
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004077- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004078 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
4079
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004080- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004081 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
4082
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004083- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00004084 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
4085
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004086- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00004087 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
4088
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004089- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00004090 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
4091 instead of U-Boot software protection.
4092
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004093- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004094
4095 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
4096 without this option such a download has to be
4097 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
4098 copy from RAM to flash.
4099
4100 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
4101 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004102 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
4103 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004104 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
4105
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004106- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004107 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk2cefd152004-02-08 22:55:38 +00004108 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
4109
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD8d94c232008-08-13 01:40:42 +02004110- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk2cefd152004-02-08 22:55:38 +00004111 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
4112 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004113
Piotr Ziecik3e939e92008-11-17 15:57:58 +01004114- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
4115 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
4116 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
4117 to the MTD layer.
4118
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004119- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski183284f2008-04-03 13:36:02 +02004120 Use buffered writes to flash.
4121
4122- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
4123 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
4124 write commands.
4125
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004126- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roesec443fe92005-11-22 13:20:42 +01004127 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
4128 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
4129 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
4130 optionally available.
4131
Jerry Van Barenaae73572008-03-08 13:48:01 -05004132- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
4133 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
4134 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
4135 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
4136
Stefan Roesed20cba52013-04-04 15:53:14 +02004137- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
4138 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
4139 against the source after the write operation. An error message
4140 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
4141 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
4142 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
4143 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
4144 this option if you really know what you are doing.
4145
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004146- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004147 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
4148 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +00004149 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
4150 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004151 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +00004152 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
4153
Wolfgang Denk460a9ff2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02004154- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
4155
Wolfgang Denk1136f692010-10-27 22:48:30 +02004156 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
4157 internally to store the environment settings. The default
4158 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
4159 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
4160 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denk460a9ff2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02004161
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004162- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
4163- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day832d36e2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04004164 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004165 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
4166 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
4167 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
4168
4169 The format of the list is:
4170 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004171 access_attribute = [a|r|o|c]
4172 attributes = type_attribute[access_attribute]
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004173 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
4174 list = entry[,list]
4175
4176 The type attributes are:
4177 s - String (default)
4178 d - Decimal
4179 x - Hexadecimal
4180 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
4181 i - IP address
4182 m - MAC address
4183
Joe Hershberger6fe26c92012-12-11 22:16:34 -06004184 The access attributes are:
4185 a - Any (default)
4186 r - Read-only
4187 o - Write-once
4188 c - Change-default
4189
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004190 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
4191 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004192 environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004193
4194 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
4195 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
4196 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
4197 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
4198 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
4199 ".flags" variable.
4200
Joe Hershberger6fe26c92012-12-11 22:16:34 -06004201- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
4202 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
4203 access flags.
4204
Simon Glass66828322013-03-08 13:45:27 +00004205- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
4206 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
4207 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
4208 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
4209 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
4210 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
4211 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in
4212 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on
4213 your board please report the problem and send patches!
4214
Lokesh Vutla100c2d82013-04-17 20:49:40 +00004215- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
4216 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
4217 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004218 the value can be calculated on a given board.
Simon Glass9c9f44a2013-03-11 07:06:48 +00004219
Gabe Black3687fe42014-10-15 04:38:30 -06004220- CONFIG_USE_STDINT
4221 If stdint.h is available with your toolchain you can define this
4222 option to enable it. You can provide option 'USE_STDINT=1' when
4223 building U-Boot to enable this.
4224
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004225The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
4226of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
4227following configurations:
4228
Mike Frysinger63b8f122011-07-08 10:44:25 +00004229- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
4230
4231 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
4232 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
4233
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD53db4cd2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02004234- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004235
4236 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
4237
4238 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
4239 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
4240 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
4241 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
4242 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
4243 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
4244 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
4245 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
4246 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
4247 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
4248 between U-Boot and the environment.
4249
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004250 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004251
4252 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
4253 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
4254 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
4255 for this sector is given here.
4256
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004257 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004258
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004259 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004260
4261 This is just another way to specify the start address of
4262 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004263 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004264
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004265 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004266
4267 Size of the sector containing the environment.
4268
4269
4270 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
4271 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
4272 the environment.
4273
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004274 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004275
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD53db4cd2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02004276 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004277 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004278 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
4279 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
4280
4281 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
4282 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
4283 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
4284 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
4285 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
4286 updating the environment in flash makes it always
4287 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
4288 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
4289 RAM, your target system will be dead.
4290
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004291 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
4292 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004293
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004294 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004295 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenkb02744a2003-04-05 00:53:31 +00004296 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004297 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004298
4299BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
4300source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
4301accordingly!
4302
4303
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDfdb79c32008-09-10 22:47:59 +02004304- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004305
4306 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
4307 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
4308 environment.
4309
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004310 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4311 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004312
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004313 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004314 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
4315 can just be read and written to, without any special
4316 provision.
4317
4318BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004319in U-Boot initialization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004320console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004321U-Boot will hang.
4322
4323Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
4324environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
4325keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
4326to save the current settings.
4327
4328
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDe46af642008-09-05 09:19:30 +02004329- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004330
4331 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
4332 device and a driver for it.
4333
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004334 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4335 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004336
4337 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4338 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
4339
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004340 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004341 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
4342 The default address is zero.
4343
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004344 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004345 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
4346 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
4347 would require six bits.
4348
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004349 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004350 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00004351 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004352
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004353 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004354 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
4355 that this is NOT the chip address length!
4356
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004357 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk20c98a62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004358 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
4359 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
4360 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
4361 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
4362 byte chips.
4363
4364 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
4365 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
4366 in the chip address.
4367
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004368 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004369 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
4370
Heiko Schocher9bb0dd52010-01-07 08:55:40 +01004371 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
4372 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
4373 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
4374
4375 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
4376 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
4377 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
4378 EEPROM. For example:
4379
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01004380 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
Heiko Schocher9bb0dd52010-01-07 08:55:40 +01004381
4382 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
4383 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004384
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD2b14d2b2008-09-10 22:47:58 +02004385- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004386
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00004387 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004388 want to use for the environment.
4389
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004390 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4391 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4392 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004393
4394 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
4395 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
4396 at the specified address.
4397
Wu, Josh76db7bf2014-07-01 19:30:13 +08004398- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH:
4399
4400 Define this if you have a SPI Flash memory device which you
4401 want to use for the environment.
4402
4403 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4404 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4405
4406 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4407 environment area within the SPI Flash. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4408 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4409
4410 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
4411
4412 Define the SPI flash's sector size.
4413
4414 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4415
4416 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
4417 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4418 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
4419 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
4420 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4421
4422 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_BUS (optional):
4423 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_CS (optional):
4424
4425 Define the SPI bus and chip select. If not defined they will be 0.
4426
4427 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MAX_HZ (optional):
4428
4429 Define the SPI max work clock. If not defined then use 1MHz.
4430
4431 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MODE (optional):
4432
4433 Define the SPI work mode. If not defined then use SPI_MODE_3.
4434
Liu Gang85bcd732012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004435- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
4436
4437 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
4438 want to use for the local device's environment.
4439
4440 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4441 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4442
4443 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
4444 environment area within the remote memory space. The
4445 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gang357bf5a2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004446 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang85bcd732012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004447
4448BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
4449"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gang357bf5a2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004450environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
4451but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang85bcd732012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004452
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDdda84dd2008-09-10 22:47:58 +02004453- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk79b59372004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004454
4455 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
4456 for the environment.
4457
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004458 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4459 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk79b59372004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004460
4461 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004462 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4463 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004464
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004465 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuecher5d113e02006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004466
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004467 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004468 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4469 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004470 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004471 aligned to an erase block boundary.
4472
4473 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
4474
4475 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
4476 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
4477 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
4478 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
4479 the range to be avoided.
4480
4481 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
Markus Klotzbuecher5d113e02006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004482
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004483 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
4484 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
4485 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
4486 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
4487 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuecher5d113e02006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004488
Guennadi Liakhovetskifad24442009-05-18 16:07:22 +02004489- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
4490
4491 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
4492 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
4493 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4494
Joe Hershberger0c5faa82013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004495- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
4496
4497 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
4498 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
4499 accesses, which is important on NAND.
4500
4501 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
4502
4503 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
4504
4505 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
4506
4507 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
4508 environment in.
4509
Joe Hershbergerdb14e862013-04-08 10:32:52 +00004510 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
4511
4512 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
4513 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
4514 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
4515
Joe Hershberger0c5faa82013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004516 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
4517 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
4518
4519 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
4520 when storing the env in UBI.
4521
Wu, Josha7d0c872014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004522- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT:
4523 Define this if you want to use the FAT file system for the environment.
4524
4525 - FAT_ENV_INTERFACE:
4526
4527 Define this to a string that is the name of the block device.
4528
4529 - FAT_ENV_DEV_AND_PART:
4530
4531 Define this to a string to specify the partition of the device. It can
4532 be as following:
4533
4534 "D:P", "D:0", "D", "D:" or "D:auto" (D, P are integers. And P >= 1)
4535 - "D:P": device D partition P. Error occurs if device D has no
4536 partition table.
4537 - "D:0": device D.
4538 - "D" or "D:": device D partition 1 if device D has partition
4539 table, or the whole device D if has no partition
4540 table.
4541 - "D:auto": first partition in device D with bootable flag set.
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004542 If none, first valid partition in device D. If no
Wu, Josha7d0c872014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004543 partition table then means device D.
4544
4545 - FAT_ENV_FILE:
4546
4547 It's a string of the FAT file name. This file use to store the
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004548 environment.
Wu, Josha7d0c872014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004549
4550 - CONFIG_FAT_WRITE:
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004551 This should be defined. Otherwise it cannot save the environment file.
Wu, Josha7d0c872014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004552
Stephen Warreneedcacd2013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004553- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
4554
4555 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
4556 environment.
4557
4558 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
4559
4560 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
4561
4562 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
4563
4564 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
4565 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
4566 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
4567
4568 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4569 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4570
4571 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
4572 area within the specified MMC device.
4573
Stephen Warren24dc2032013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004574 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
4575 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
4576 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
4577 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
4578 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
4579 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
4580 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
4581
Stephen Warreneedcacd2013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004582 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
4583 MMC sector boundary.
4584
4585 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4586
4587 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
4588 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
4589 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
4590 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
4591
Stephen Warren24dc2032013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004592 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
4593 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
4594
Stephen Warreneedcacd2013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004595 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
4596 an MMC sector boundary.
4597
4598 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
4599
4600 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
4601 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
4602 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4603
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004604- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004605
4606 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
4607 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
4608 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4609 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4610 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4611 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4612 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4613
Bruce Adleredecc942007-11-02 13:15:42 -07004614Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004615has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denk76af2782010-07-24 21:55:43 +02004616created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004617until then to read environment variables.
4618
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004619The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4620is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4621with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4622necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4623"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4624have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004625
4626Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4627the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004628use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004629
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004630- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004631 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenk49c3f672003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004632
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004633 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenk49c3f672003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004634 also needs to be defined.
4635
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004636- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004637 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004638
Ron Madriddfa028a2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08004639- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4640 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4641 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4642 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4643 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4644 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4645
Simon Glass28a9e332012-11-30 13:01:18 +00004646- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4647 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4648 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4649 to do this.
4650
Simon Glasse8822012012-11-30 13:01:19 +00004651- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4652 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4653 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4654 present.
4655
Sascha Silbe4b9c17c2013-08-11 16:40:43 +02004656- CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT:
4657 Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the
4658 build system checks that the actual size does not
4659 exceed it.
4660
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004661Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkc8434db2003-03-26 06:55:25 +00004662---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004663
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004664- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004665 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4666
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004667- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004668 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00004669
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004670 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4671 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4672 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004673
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004674- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4675 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4676 PowerPC SOCs.
4677
4678- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4679 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4680 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4681
4682 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4683 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4684
4685- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4686 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4687 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004688 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004689 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4690 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4691 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4692
4693 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4694 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4695
4696- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02004697 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4698 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004699 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4700 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4701
4702- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4703 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4704 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4705 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4706
4707- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4708 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4709 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4710
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004711- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004712 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004713
4714 the default drive number (default value 0)
4715
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004716 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004717
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004718 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004719 (default value 1)
4720
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004721 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004722
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004723 defines the offset of register from address. It
4724 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004725 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004726
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004727 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4728 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004729 default value.
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004730
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004731 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004732 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4733 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004734 source code. It is used to make hardware-dependent
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004735 initializations.
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004736
Macpaul Lind1e49942011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004737- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4738 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4739 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4740 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4741 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4742 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004743 is required.
Macpaul Lind1e49942011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004744
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004745- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004746 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenkb3a4a702004-12-10 11:40:40 +00004747 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004748
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004749- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004750
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00004751 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004752 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4753 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4754 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4755 will become available only after programming the
4756 memory controller and running certain initialization
4757 sequences.
4758
4759 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4760 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4761 - MPC824X: data cache
4762 - PPC4xx: data cache
4763
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004764- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004765
4766 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004767 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4768 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004769 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk1c2e98e2010-10-26 13:32:32 +02004770 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004771 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
4772 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4773 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004774
4775 Note:
4776 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4777 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004778 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004779 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4780 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4781
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004782- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004783
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004784- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004785
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004786- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004787
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004788- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004789
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004790- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004791
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004792- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004793
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004794- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004795 SDRAM timing
4796
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004797- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004798 periodic timer for refresh
4799
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004800- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004801
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004802- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4803 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4804 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4805 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004806 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4807
4808- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004809 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4810 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004811 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4812
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004813- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4814 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004815 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4816 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4817
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004818- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004819 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4820 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4821
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004822- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherc8148ed2008-01-11 01:12:07 +01004823 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4824 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4825
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004826- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004827 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4828 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4829
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004830- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004831 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4832 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4833 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4834
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004835- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004836 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4837 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4838 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4839 cpm_8260.h.
wdenk2029f4d2002-11-21 23:11:29 +00004840
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004841- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4842 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4843 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4844 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4845 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4846 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4847 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4848 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004849 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenkbf2f8c92003-05-22 22:52:13 +00004850
Dirk Eibach378d1ca2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01004851- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4852 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4853 required.
4854
Andrew Sharp61d47ca2012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004855- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004856 Only scan through and get the devices on the buses.
Andrew Sharp61d47ca2012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004857 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4858 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4859 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4860 by coreboot or similar.
4861
Gabor Juhosb4458732013-05-30 07:06:12 +00004862- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4863 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4864
Kumar Gala8975d7a2010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004865- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4866 Chip has SRIO or not
4867
4868- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4869 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4870
4871- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4872 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4873
Liu Gang27afb9c2013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004874- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4875 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4876
Kumar Gala8975d7a2010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004877- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4878 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4879
4880- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4881 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4882
4883- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4884 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4885
Fabio Estevamf17e8782013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004886- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4887 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4888 a 16 bit bus.
4889 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevam417052b2013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004890 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevamf17e8782013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004891 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevam417052b2013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004892 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermancd6aae32011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004893
4894- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4895 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4896 a default value will be used.
4897
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004898- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004899 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4900 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4901
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004902 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4903 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4904
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004905- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004906 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4907 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4908 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004909
York Sune73cc042011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004910- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4911 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4912 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4913 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4914 header files or board specific files.
4915
York Sunbd495cf2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004916- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4917 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4918
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004919- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004920 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4921 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi054838e2006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004922
wdenk6203e402004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004923- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4924 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4925
4926- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4927 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk05939202004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004928 to the given FEC; i. e.
4929 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenk6203e402004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004930 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4931
4932 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4933
4934- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4935 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4936 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4937
4938- CONFIG_RMII
4939 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4940 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4941 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4942
wdenk20c98a62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004943- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4944 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4945 The syntax is:
4946
4947 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4948
4949 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4950 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4951 area should have.
4952
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004953- CONFIG_LOOPW
4954 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004955 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004956
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004957- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4958 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4959 "md/mw" commands.
4960 Examples:
4961
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004962 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004963 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4964
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004965 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004966 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4967
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004968 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004969 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004970
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004971- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004972 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk302141d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004973 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4974 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4975 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004976
Wolfgang Denk302141d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004977 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4978 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4979 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4980 these initializations itself.
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004981
Aneesh V552a3192011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004982- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Lilja1ec96d82009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004983 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4984 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4985 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk336b2bc2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004986
Ying Zhang2d2e3b62013-08-16 15:16:15 +08004987- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4988 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4989 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4990 It is loaded by the SPL.
4991
Ying Zhang0d4f5442013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004992- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4993 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4994 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4995 previous 4k of the .text section.
4996
Simon Glass17dabf02013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004997- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4998 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4999 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
5000 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
5001 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
5002 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
5003 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
5004 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
5005
Matthias Weisser93416c12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00005006- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
5007 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
5008 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
5009 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
5010 conditions but may increase the binary size.
5011
Simon Glassbfb59802013-02-14 04:18:54 +00005012- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
5013 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
5014 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Black14f82462012-11-27 21:08:06 +00005015
Mark Jackson52b003c2013-03-04 01:27:20 +00005016- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
5017 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
5018
5019 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black76ce2492012-11-29 16:23:41 +00005020
Heiko Schocher2233e462013-11-04 14:05:00 +01005021- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
5022 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
5023
Karicheri, Muralidharanc1dc61b2014-04-04 13:16:50 -04005024- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
5025 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
5026 driver that uses this:
5027 drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c
5028
Timur Tabi275f4bb2011-11-22 09:21:25 -06005029Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
5030-----------------------------------
5031
5032The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
5033loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
5034This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
5035are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
5036within that device.
5037
Zhao Qiang83a90842014-03-21 16:21:44 +08005038- CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
5039 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
5040 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
5041 is also specified.
5042
5043- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
5044 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
Timur Tabi275f4bb2011-11-22 09:21:25 -06005045 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
5046 is also specified.
5047
5048- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
5049 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
5050 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
5051 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
5052 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
5053
5054- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
5055 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
5056 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
5057 virtual address in NOR flash.
5058
5059- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
5060 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
5061 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
5062
5063- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
5064 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
5065 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
5066
5067- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
5068 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
5069 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
5070
Liu Gang1e084582012-03-08 00:33:18 +00005071- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
5072 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
5073 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gang357bf5a2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00005074 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
5075 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
5076 master's memory space.
Timur Tabi275f4bb2011-11-22 09:21:25 -06005077
J. German Rivera8ff14b72014-06-23 15:15:55 -07005078Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support:
5079---------------------------------------------------------
5080The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of
5081"firmware".
5082This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
5083are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
5084within that device.
5085
5086- CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET
5087 Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs.
5088
5089- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR
5090 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
5091 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_xxx macro
5092 is also specified.
5093
5094- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_LENGTH
5095 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
5096 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
5097 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
5098 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
5099
5100- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_NOR
5101 Specifies that MC firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
5102 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR is the
5103 virtual address in NOR flash.
5104
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005105Building the Software:
5106======================
5107
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005108Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
5109and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
5110all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
5111(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
5112recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
5113which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005114
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005115If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
5116have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
5117you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
5118Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
5119necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005120
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005121 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
5122 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005123
Peter Tyserb06976d2009-03-13 18:54:51 -05005124Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
5125 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
5126 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
5127 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
5128
5129 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
5130
5131 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
5132 be executed on computers running Windows.
5133
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005134U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
5135sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005136is done by typing:
5137
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005138 make NAME_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005139
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005140where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones5a7fb6f2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00005141rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk2f0812d2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00005142
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005143Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
5144 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
5145 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
5146 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005147 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005148
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005149 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005150 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005151
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005152 make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005153 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005154
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005155 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005156
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005157
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005158Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
5159images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005160
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005161- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
5162- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
5163- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005164
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005165By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
5166in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
5167this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
5168
51691. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
5170
5171 make O=/tmp/build distclean
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005172 make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005173 make O=/tmp/build all
5174
Timo Ketolac8c67602014-11-06 14:39:05 +020051752. Set environment variable KBUILD_OUTPUT to point to the desired location:
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005176
Timo Ketolac8c67602014-11-06 14:39:05 +02005177 export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/build
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005178 make distclean
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005179 make NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005180 make all
5181
Timo Ketolac8c67602014-11-06 14:39:05 +02005182Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the KBUILD_OUTPUT environment
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005183variable.
5184
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005185
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005186Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
5187for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
5188native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005189
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005190
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005191If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
5192to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
5193steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005194
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +000051951. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones5a7fb6f2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00005196 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
5197 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +000051982. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
5199 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
5200 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
52013. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
5202 your board
52033. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
5204 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +020052054. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name.
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +000052065. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
5207 to be installed on your target system.
52086. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
5209 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005210
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005211
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005212Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
5213==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005214
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005215If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
5216or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005217provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
5218the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005219official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005220
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005221But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
5222cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005223the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
5224just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005225for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
5226select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
5227environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
5228you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005229
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005230 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005231
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005232or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005233
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005234 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005235
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005236When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
5237U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
5238setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
5239built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
5240<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
5241location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
5242variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005243
5244 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
5245 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
5246 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
5247
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005248With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
5249log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
5250during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005251
5252
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005253See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005254
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005255
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005256Monitor Commands - Overview:
5257============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005258
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005259go - start application at address 'addr'
5260run - run commands in an environment variable
5261bootm - boot application image from memory
5262bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasutcf41a9b2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005263bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005264tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
5265 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
5266 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass6a398d22011-10-24 18:00:07 +00005267tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005268rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
5269diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
5270loads - load S-Record file over serial line
5271loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
5272md - memory display
5273mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
5274nm - memory modify (constant address)
5275mw - memory write (fill)
5276cp - memory copy
5277cmp - memory compare
5278crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser469cde42009-04-18 22:34:03 -05005279i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005280sspi - SPI utility commands
5281base - print or set address offset
5282printenv- print environment variables
5283setenv - set environment variables
5284saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
5285protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
5286erase - erase FLASH memory
5287flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc4baf03d2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00005288nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005289bdinfo - print Board Info structure
5290iminfo - print header information for application image
5291coninfo - print console devices and informations
5292ide - IDE sub-system
5293loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00005294loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005295mtest - simple RAM test
5296icache - enable or disable instruction cache
5297dcache - enable or disable data cache
5298reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
5299echo - echo args to console
5300version - print monitor version
5301help - print online help
5302? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005303
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005304
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005305Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
5306========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005307
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005308TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005309
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005310For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005311
5312
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005313Environment Variables:
5314======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005315
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005316U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
5317can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005318
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005319Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
5320"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
5321without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
5322environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
5323working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
5324environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005325
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005326Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
5327
5328List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005329
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005330 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005331
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005332 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005333
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005334 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005335
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005336 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005337
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005338 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005339
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02005340 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5341 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5342 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
5343 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
5344 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
5345 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00005346 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
5347 bootm_mapsize.
5348
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005349 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00005350 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
5351 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
5352 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
5353 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
5354 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
5355 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02005356
5357 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5358 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5359 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
5360 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
5361 environment variable.
5362
Bartlomiej Siekae273e9f2008-10-01 15:26:31 +02005363 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
5364 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
5365 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
5366
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005367 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
5368 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
5369 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
5370 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005371
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005372 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
5373 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
5374 be automatically started (by internally calling
5375 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005376
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005377 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
5378 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
5379 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
5380 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
5381 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005382
David A. Longd558a4e2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04005383 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
5384 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guo0ca9e982012-01-09 21:54:08 +00005385 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
5386 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
5387 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
5388 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
5389 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
5390 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
5391 access it during the boot procedure.
5392
David A. Longd558a4e2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04005393 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
5394 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
5395 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
5396 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
5397 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
5398 must be accessible by the kernel.
5399
Simon Glassdc6fa642011-10-24 19:15:34 +00005400 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
5401 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
5402 defined.
5403
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00005404 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
5405 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
5406 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
5407 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
5408 it must be saved and board must be reset.
5409
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005410 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
5411 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
5412 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
5413 is usually what you want since it allows for
5414 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
5415 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005416 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005417 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
5418 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
5419 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
5420 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005421
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005422 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
5423 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
5424 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
5425 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
5426 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
5427 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005428
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005429 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005430
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005431 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
5432 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
5433 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
5434 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
5435 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
5436 boot time on your system, but requires that this
5437 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk3f9ab982003-04-12 23:38:12 +00005438
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005439 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005440
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005441 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
5442 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005443
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005444 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005445
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005446 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk6f770ed2003-05-23 23:18:21 +00005447
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005448 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005449
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005450 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005451
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005452 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005453
Mike Frysingera23230c2011-10-02 10:01:27 +00005454 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005455
Mike Frysingera23230c2011-10-02 10:01:27 +00005456 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
5457 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005458
Heiko Schocherc5e84052010-07-20 17:45:02 +02005459 => setenv ethact FEC
5460 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
5461 => setenv ethact SCC
5462 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005463
Matthias Fuchs204f0ec2008-01-17 07:45:05 +01005464 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
5465 available network interfaces.
5466 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
5467
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005468 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005469 either succeed or fail without retrying.
5470 When set to "once" the network operation will
5471 fail when all the available network interfaces
5472 are tried once without success.
5473 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
5474 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005475
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD1948d6c2009-01-31 09:53:39 +01005476 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDd2164ef2008-01-07 08:41:34 +01005477
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005478 silent_linux - If set then Linux will be told to boot silently, by
Simon Glass5db3f932013-07-16 20:10:00 -07005479 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
5480 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
5481 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
5482 is silent.
5483
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02005484 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02005485 UDP source port.
5486
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02005487 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
5488 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
5489
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005490 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
5491 we use the TFTP server's default block size
5492
5493 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
5494 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
5495 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
5496 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
5497 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
5498 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
5499 with unreliable TFTP servers.
5500
5501 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005502 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005503 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005504
Jason Hobbse3fe08e2011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005505The following image location variables contain the location of images
5506used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
5507not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
5508variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
5509server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
5510loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
5511flash or offset in NAND flash.
5512
5513*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
5514boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
5515boards use these variables for other purposes.
5516
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005517Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
5518----- --------- ----------- --------------
5519u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
5520Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
5521device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
5522ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbse3fe08e2011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005523
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005524The following environment variables may be used and automatically
5525updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
5526depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005527
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005528 bootfile - see above
5529 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
5530 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
5531 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
5532 hostname - Target hostname
5533 ipaddr - see above
5534 netmask - Subnet Mask
5535 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
5536 serverip - see above
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005537
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005538
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005539There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005540
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005541 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
5542 as type string and/or serial number
5543 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005544
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005545These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
5546the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
5547once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005548
5549
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005550Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005551
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005552 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
5553 with the "version" command. This variable is
5554 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005555
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005556
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005557Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
5558only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005559
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005560
Joe Hershberger60fd3ad2012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005561Callback functions for environment variables:
5562---------------------------------------------
5563
5564For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005565when their values are changed. This functionality allows functions to
Joe Hershberger60fd3ad2012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005566be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
5567deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
5568effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
5569
5570The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
5571U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
5572
5573These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
5574static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
5575in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
5576associations. The list must be in the following format:
5577
5578 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
5579 list = entry[,list]
5580
5581If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
5582Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
5583
5584Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
5585with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
5586override any association in the static list. You can define
5587CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005588".callbacks" environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger60fd3ad2012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005589
5590
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005591Command Line Parsing:
5592=====================
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005593
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005594There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
5595the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005596
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005597Old, simple command line parser:
5598--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005599
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005600- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
5601- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005602- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005603- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
5604 for example:
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005605 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005606- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
5607 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005608
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005609Hush shell:
5610-----------
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005611
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005612- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
5613 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
5614 until...do...done, ...
5615- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
5616 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
5617 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
5618 command
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005619
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005620General rules:
5621--------------
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005622
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005623(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
5624 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
5625 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
5626 executed anyway.
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005627
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005628(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005629 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005630 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
5631 variables are not executed.
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005632
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005633Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
5634=======================================
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005635
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005636Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005637such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
5638"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005639
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005640Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
5641MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
5642"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005643
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005644If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
5645in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
5646ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
5647variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005648
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005649o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
5650 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005651
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005652o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5653 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5654 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005655
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005656o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5657 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005658
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005659o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5660 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5661 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005662
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005663o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
5664 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005665
Ben Warren6db991a2010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005666If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005667will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warren6db991a2010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005668may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5669The naming convention is as follows:
5670"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005671
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005672Image Formats:
5673==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005674
Marian Balakowicz18710b82008-03-12 12:13:13 +01005675U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5676images in two formats:
5677
5678New uImage format (FIT)
5679-----------------------
5680
5681Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5682to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5683components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5684SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5685
5686
5687Old uImage format
5688-----------------
5689
5690Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5691preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5692details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005693
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005694* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5695 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyser56b8dd12008-09-08 14:56:49 -05005696 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5697 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5698 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk83c15852006-10-24 14:21:16 +02005699* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005700 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5701 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005702* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5703* Load Address
5704* Entry Point
5705* Image Name
5706* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005707
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005708The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5709and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5710CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005711
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005712
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005713Linux Support:
5714==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005715
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005716Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5717easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5718U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005719
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005720U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5721special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5722"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5723instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5724serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005725
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005726- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5727 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5728 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005729
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005730- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5731 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005732
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005733- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5734 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5735 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5736 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5737 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5738 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005739
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005740
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005741Linux HOWTO:
5742============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005743
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005744Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5745---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005746
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005747U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5748configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5749(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5750Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005751
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005752But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005753
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005754Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5755include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg47167572008-09-07 20:18:27 +02005756Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5757and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005758as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005759
Simon Glassd097e592014-06-11 23:29:46 -06005760Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers.
5761If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there
5762is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See
5763doc/driver-model.
5764
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005765
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005766Configuring the Linux kernel:
5767-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005768
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005769No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5770device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005771
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005772
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005773Building a Linux Image:
5774-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005775
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005776With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5777not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5778"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5779U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5780which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5781100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005782
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005783Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005784
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005785 make TQM850L_defconfig
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005786 make oldconfig
5787 make dep
5788 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005789
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005790The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5791encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5792CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005793
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005794* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005795
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005796* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005797
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005798 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5799 -R .note -R .comment \
5800 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005801
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005802* compress the binary image:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005803
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005804 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005805
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005806* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005807
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005808 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5809 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5810 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005811
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005812
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005813The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5814with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5815combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5816byte header containing information about target architecture,
5817operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5818stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005819
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005820"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5821print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005822
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005823In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5824contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5825checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005826
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005827 tools/mkimage -l image
5828 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005829
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005830The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5831from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005832
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005833 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5834 -n name -d data_file image
5835 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5836 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5837 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5838 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5839 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5840 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5841 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5842 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005843
wdenkcd914452004-05-29 16:53:29 +00005844Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5845address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5846kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005847
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005848- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5849- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005850
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005851So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005852
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005853 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5854 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005855 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005856 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5857 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5858 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5859 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5860 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5861 Load Address: 0x00000000
5862 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005863
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005864To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005865
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005866 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5867 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5868 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5869 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5870 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5871 Load Address: 0x00000000
5872 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005873
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005874NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5875speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5876needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5877need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005878
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005879 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005880 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5881 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005882 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005883 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5884 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5885 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5886 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5887 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5888 Load Address: 0x00000000
5889 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005890
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005891
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005892Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5893when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005894
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005895 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5896 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5897 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5898 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5899 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5900 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5901 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5902 Load Address: 0x00000000
5903 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005904
Guilherme Maciel Ferreira51553812013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005905The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5906option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5907option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5908from the image:
5909
Guilherme Maciel Ferreira40bf5632015-01-15 02:54:40 -02005910 tools/dumpimage -i image -T type -p position data_file
5911 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file'
5912 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5913 -p ==> 'position' (starting at 0) of the 'data_file' inside the 'image'
Guilherme Maciel Ferreira51553812013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005914
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005915
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005916Installing a Linux Image:
5917-------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005918
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005919To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5920you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005921
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005922 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005923
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005924The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5925image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5926address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5927specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5928command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005929
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005930Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5931TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005932
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005933 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005934
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005935 .......... done
5936 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005937
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005938 => loads 40100000
5939 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5940 ~>examples/image.srec
5941 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5942 ...
5943 15989 15990 15991 15992
5944 [file transfer complete]
5945 [connected]
5946 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005947
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005948
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005949You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005950this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005951corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005952
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005953 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005954
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005955 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5956 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5957 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5958 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5959 Load Address: 00000000
5960 Entry Point: 0000000c
5961 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005962
5963
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005964Boot Linux:
5965-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005966
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005967The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5968memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5969of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5970parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5971"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005972
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005973
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005974 => printenv bootargs
5975 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005976
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005977 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005978
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005979 => printenv bootargs
5980 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005981
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005982 => bootm 40020000
5983 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5984 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5985 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5986 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5987 Load Address: 00000000
5988 Entry Point: 0000000c
5989 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5990 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5991 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5992 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5993 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5994 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5995 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5996 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005997
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005998If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005999the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
6000format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006001
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006002 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006003
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006004 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
6005 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
6006 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
6007 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
6008 Load Address: 00000000
6009 Entry Point: 0000000c
6010 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006011
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006012 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
6013 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
6014 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
6015 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
6016 Load Address: 00000000
6017 Entry Point: 00000000
6018 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006019
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006020 => bootm 40100000 40200000
6021 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
6022 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
6023 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
6024 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
6025 Load Address: 00000000
6026 Entry Point: 0000000c
6027 Verifying Checksum ... OK
6028 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
6029 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
6030 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
6031 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
6032 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
6033 Load Address: 00000000
6034 Entry Point: 00000000
6035 Verifying Checksum ... OK
6036 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
6037 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
6038 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
6039 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
6040 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
6041 ...
6042 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
6043 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006044
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006045 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006046
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05006047Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
6048-----------
6049
6050First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
6051titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
6052following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
6053flat device tree:
6054
6055=> print oftaddr
6056oftaddr=0x300000
6057=> print oft
6058oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
6059=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
6060Speed: 1000, full duplex
6061Using TSEC0 device
6062TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
6063Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
6064Load address: 0x300000
6065Loading: #
6066done
6067Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
6068=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
6069Speed: 1000, full duplex
6070Using TSEC0 device
6071TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
6072Filename 'uImage'.
6073Load address: 0x200000
6074Loading:############
6075done
6076Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
6077=> print loadaddr
6078loadaddr=200000
6079=> print oftaddr
6080oftaddr=0x300000
6081=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
6082## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denk018147d2006-11-27 15:32:42 +01006083 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
6084 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
6085 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05006086 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denk018147d2006-11-27 15:32:42 +01006087 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05006088 Verifying Checksum ... OK
6089 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
6090Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
6091Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
6092Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
6093[snip]
6094
6095
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006096More About U-Boot Image Types:
6097------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006098
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006099U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006100
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006101 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
6102 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
6103 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
6104 the Standalone Program.
6105 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
6106 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
6107 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
6108 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
6109 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
6110 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
6111 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
6112 being started.
6113 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
6114 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
6115 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
6116 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
6117 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
6118 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006119
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006120 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
6121 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
6122 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
6123 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
6124 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
6125 a multiple of 4 bytes).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006126
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006127 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
6128 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
6129 flash memory.
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00006130
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006131 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
6132 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
6133 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
6134 as command interpreter.
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00006135
Marek Vasutcf41a9b2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00006136Booting the Linux zImage:
6137-------------------------
6138
6139On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
6140using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
6141as the syntax of "bootm" command.
6142
Tom Rini45f46d12013-05-16 11:40:11 -04006143Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut28850d02012-03-18 11:47:58 +00006144kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
6145address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
6146format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
6147
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00006148
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006149Standalone HOWTO:
6150=================
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00006151
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006152One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
6153run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
6154U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00006155
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006156Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00006157
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006158"Hello World" Demo:
6159-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006160
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006161'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
6162application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
6163It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
6164like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006165
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006166 => loads
6167 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
6168 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
6169 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
6170 [file transfer complete]
6171 [connected]
6172 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006173
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006174 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
6175 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
6176 Hello World
6177 argc = 7
6178 argv[0] = "40004"
6179 argv[1] = "Hello"
6180 argv[2] = "World!"
6181 argv[3] = "This"
6182 argv[4] = "is"
6183 argv[5] = "a"
6184 argv[6] = "test."
6185 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
6186 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006187
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006188 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006189
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006190Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
6191handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
6192Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
6193The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
6194character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
6195controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006196
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006197 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
6198 b - enable interrupts and start timer
6199 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
6200 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006201
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006202 => loads
6203 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
6204 ~>examples/timer.srec
6205 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
6206 [file transfer complete]
6207 [connected]
6208 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006209
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006210 => go 40004
6211 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
6212 TIMERS=0xfff00980
6213 Using timer 1
6214 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006215
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006216Hit 'b':
6217 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
6218 Enabling timer
6219Hit '?':
6220 [q, b, e, ?] ........
6221 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
6222Hit '?':
6223 [q, b, e, ?] .
6224 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
6225Hit '?':
6226 [q, b, e, ?] .
6227 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
6228Hit '?':
6229 [q, b, e, ?] .
6230 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
6231Hit 'e':
6232 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
6233Hit 'q':
6234 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006235
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006236
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006237Minicom warning:
6238================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006239
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006240Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
6241"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
6242consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
6243Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
6244especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pinca0189bb2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00006245use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
6246http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
6247for help with kermit.
6248
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006249
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006250Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
6251configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006252
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006253 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
6254 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
6255 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00006256
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00006257
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006258NetBSD Notes:
6259=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006260
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006261Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
6262(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006263
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006264Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
6265NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
6266need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
6267Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
6268attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
6269missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006270
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006271 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
6272 # mkdir powerpc
6273 # ln -s powerpc machine
6274 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
6275 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006276
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006277Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
6278and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006279
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006280Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
6281stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
6282proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
6283tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenkd0245fc2005-04-13 10:02:42 +00006284meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006285
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006286
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006287Implementation Internals:
6288=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006289
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006290The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
6291implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
6292inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
6293hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006294
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006295
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006296Initial Stack, Global Data:
6297---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006298
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006299The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
6300starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
6301system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
6302This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
6303is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
6304at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
6305options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
6306models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
6307MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
6308locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006309
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006310 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006311 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006312
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006313 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
6314 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
6315 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
6316 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006317
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006318 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
6319 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
6320 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
6321 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
6322 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006323 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006324 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
6325 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006326
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006327 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
6328 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006329 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006330 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
6331 board designers haven't used it for something that would
6332 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
6333 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006334
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02006335 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006336 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
6337 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese3e1f1b32005-08-01 16:49:12 +02006338 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006339 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
6340 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
6341 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
6342 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
6343 you get the config right.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006344
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006345 -Chris Hallinan
6346 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006347
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006348It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
6349code for the initialization procedures:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006350
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006351* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
6352 to write it.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006353
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006354* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitly initialized
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006355 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
6356 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006357
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006358* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
6359 that.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006360
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006361Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006362normal global data to share information between the code. But it
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006363turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
6364simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
6365functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
6366functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
6367the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
6368place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
6369reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006370
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006371When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
6372relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
6373GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006374
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006375For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
6376 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denk69c09642008-02-14 22:43:22 +01006377 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006378 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
6379 R5-R10: parameter passing
6380 R13: small data area pointer
6381 R30: GOT pointer
6382 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006383
Joakim Tjernlund693c0c12010-01-19 14:41:58 +01006384 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
6385 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
6386 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006387
Wolfgang Denk69c09642008-02-14 22:43:22 +01006388 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006389
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006390 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
6391 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
6392 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
6393 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
6394 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
6395 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006396
Robin Getz2773d5f2009-08-17 15:23:02 +00006397On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger60f09302008-02-04 19:26:54 -05006398 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
6399
Robin Getz2773d5f2009-08-17 15:23:02 +00006400 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger60f09302008-02-04 19:26:54 -05006401
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006402On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006403
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006404 R0: function argument word/integer result
6405 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofsteea556aca2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02006406 R9: platform specific
6407 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006408 R11: argument (frame) pointer
6409 R12: temporary workspace
6410 R13: stack pointer
6411 R14: link register
6412 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006413
Jeroen Hofsteea556aca2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02006414 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
6415
6416 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006417
Thomas Chou8fa38582010-05-21 11:08:03 +08006418On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
6419 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
6420
6421 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
6422
6423 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
6424 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
6425
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00006426On NDS32, the following registers are used:
6427
6428 R0-R1: argument/return
6429 R2-R5: argument
6430 R15: temporary register for assembler
6431 R16: trampoline register
6432 R28: frame pointer (FP)
6433 R29: global pointer (GP)
6434 R30: link register (LP)
6435 R31: stack pointer (SP)
6436 PC: program counter (PC)
6437
6438 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
6439
Wolfgang Denk6405a152006-03-31 18:32:53 +02006440NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
6441or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006442
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006443Memory Management:
6444------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006445
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006446U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
6447MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006448
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006449The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
6450controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
6451memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
6452physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006453
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006454U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
6455TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
6456booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
6457to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02006458memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006459configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
6460Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006461
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006462Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
6463of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006464
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006465So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
6466this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006467
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006468 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
6469 :
6470 0x0000 1FFF
6471 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
6472 :
6473 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006474
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006475 :
6476 :
6477 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
6478 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
6479 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
6480 :
6481 0x00FD FFFF
6482 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
6483 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
6484 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
6485 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006486
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006487
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006488System Initialization:
6489----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006490
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006491In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006492(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006493configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the on board Flash memory.
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006494To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
6495To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
6496initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
6497which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
6498part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
6499the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006500
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006501Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
6502preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
6503(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
6504on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
6505programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
6506simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
6507banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006508
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006509When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
6510different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
6511bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
65120x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
6513contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006514
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006515Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
6516and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
6517Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
6518pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006519
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006520Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
6521until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
6522running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
6523new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006524
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006525
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006526U-Boot Porting Guide:
6527----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006528
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006529[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
6530list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006531
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006532
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006533int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006534{
6535 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006536
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006537 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
6538 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006539
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006540 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006541 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006542 return 0;
6543 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006544
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006545 Download latest U-Boot source;
wdenk34b613e2002-12-17 01:51:00 +00006546
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006547 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006548
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006549 if (clueless)
6550 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006551
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006552 while (learning) {
6553 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006554 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
6555 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006556 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006557 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006558 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006559
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006560 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
6561 Buy a BDI3000;
6562 else
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006563 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006564
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006565 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
6566 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
6567 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
6568 } else {
6569 Create your own board support subdirectory;
6570 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
6571 }
6572 Edit new board/<myboard> files
6573 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006574
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006575 while (!accepted) {
6576 while (!running) {
6577 do {
6578 Add / modify source code;
6579 } until (compiles);
6580 Debug;
6581 if (clueless)
6582 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
6583 }
6584 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
6585 if (reasonable critiques)
6586 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
6587 else
6588 Defend code as written;
wdenk634d2f72004-04-15 23:14:49 +00006589 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006590
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006591 return 0;
6592}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006593
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006594void no_more_time (int sig)
6595{
6596 hire_a_guru();
6597}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006598
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006599
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006600Coding Standards:
6601-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006602
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006603All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006604coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006605"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006606
6607Source files originating from a different project (for example the
6608MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006609reformatted to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006610sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006611
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006612Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
6613Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
6614in your code.
wdenkad276f22004-01-04 16:28:35 +00006615
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006616Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
6617- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006618- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006619- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006620- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006621- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006622
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006623Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
6624with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006625
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006626
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006627Submitting Patches:
6628-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006629
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006630Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
6631establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
6632may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006633
Magnus Liljaf3b287b2008-08-06 19:32:33 +02006634Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006635
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006636Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
6637see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
6638
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006639When you send a patch, please include the following information with
6640it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006641
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006642* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
6643 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
6644 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006645
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006646* For new features: a description of the feature and your
6647 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006648
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006649* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006650
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006651* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006652
Albert ARIBAUD48e910f2013-09-11 15:52:51 +02006653* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
6654 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006655
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006656* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
6657 document these in the README file.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006658
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006659* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
6660 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006661 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006662 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
6663 with some other mail clients.
wdenkca9bc762003-07-15 07:45:49 +00006664
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006665 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6666 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6667 GNU diff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006668
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006669 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6670 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6671 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6672 affected files).
6673
6674 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6675 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006676
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006677* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6678 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00006679
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006680* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6681 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006682
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006683
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006684Notes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006685
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006686* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
6687 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6688 for any of the boards.
6689
6690* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6691 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6692 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006693
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006694* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6695 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6696 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6697 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6698 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6699 modification.
wdenkcbc49a52005-05-03 14:12:25 +00006700
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006701* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6702 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6703 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6704 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.